WO2024095354A1 - Chair - Google Patents

Chair Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024095354A1
WO2024095354A1 PCT/JP2022/040836 JP2022040836W WO2024095354A1 WO 2024095354 A1 WO2024095354 A1 WO 2024095354A1 JP 2022040836 W JP2022040836 W JP 2022040836W WO 2024095354 A1 WO2024095354 A1 WO 2024095354A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
support
seat
backrest
shaft portion
elastic member
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/040836
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
ヨアヒム ブルシュケ
アンドレアス クロブ
洋一郎 小田
Original Assignee
ビーフォーケー ゲーエムベーハー
ヨアヒム ブルシュケ
株式会社オカムラ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ビーフォーケー ゲーエムベーハー, ヨアヒム ブルシュケ, 株式会社オカムラ filed Critical ビーフォーケー ゲーエムベーハー
Priority to PCT/JP2022/040836 priority Critical patent/WO2024095354A1/en
Publication of WO2024095354A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024095354A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47C—CHAIRS; SOFAS; BEDS
    • A47C1/00—Chairs adapted for special purposes
    • A47C1/02—Reclining or easy chairs
    • A47C1/031—Reclining or easy chairs having coupled concurrently adjustable supporting parts
    • A47C1/032—Reclining or easy chairs having coupled concurrently adjustable supporting parts the parts being movably-coupled seat and back-rest
    • A47C1/033—Reclining or easy chairs having coupled concurrently adjustable supporting parts the parts being movably-coupled seat and back-rest the coupling member being a flexible strip
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47C—CHAIRS; SOFAS; BEDS
    • A47C3/00—Chairs characterised by structural features; Chairs or stools with rotatable or vertically-adjustable seats
    • A47C3/02—Rocking chairs

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a chair.
  • Patent Document 1 a leaf spring that deforms in response to tilting of the backrest and exerts a restoring force on the backrest is provided on a seat carrier.
  • the leaf spring is supported by two shafts.
  • Patent Document 1 limits the locations where the leaf springs can be installed, making it difficult to ensure a sufficient amount of elastic deformation for the leaf springs.
  • the present invention was made in consideration of the above problems, and aims to provide a chair that ensures a sufficient amount of elastic deformation of the elastic member and provides sufficient restoring force.
  • a chair comprises a seat having an underside in a vertical direction, a backrest capable of tilting relative to the seat from an initial position, an elastic member having a first end connected to the backrest and a second end located forward of the first end in a first direction intersecting with the vertical direction and connected to the underside of the seat, and a support structure supporting the underside and the backrest of the seat, the support structure comprising a seat support shaft portion supporting the seat so that the seat can move in the first direction, and a seat support member intersecting with the vertical direction and the first direction.
  • the seat has a back support shaft that extends in a second direction and rotatably supports the backrest, and a position conversion mechanism that is rotatably supported on the seat support shaft and the back support shaft and is configured to convert the displacement of the position of the backrest caused by the rotation of the backrest into the displacement of the position of the seat, and the elastic member is configured to elastically deform in the vertical direction and the first direction due to the rotation of the backrest, and the elastic member is configured to apply a restoring force caused by the elastic deformation to the seat and the backrest, returning the seat and the backrest to their initial positions.
  • the first end of the elastic member moves backward in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest, and the elastic member is elastically deformed.
  • the backrest rotates relative to the back support shaft in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest.
  • a position conversion mechanism provided on the backrest converts the displacement of the position of the backrest caused by the rotation of the backrest into a displacement of the position of the seat.
  • the seat support shaft supported by the position conversion mechanism moves the seat backward.
  • the second end of the elastic member connected to the seat also moves backward in the same manner.
  • the backrest is not directly supported by the seat, but a position conversion mechanism is interposed between the backrest and the seat.
  • the displacement amount of the seat linked to the rotation of the backrest can be appropriately set.
  • the displacement amount of the seat can be made smaller than the displacement amount of the backrest, so that the elastic member can be elastically deformed largely in the vertical direction.
  • the displacement of the seat linked to the rotation of the backrest can be appropriately set, even if the backrest is moved significantly in the first direction, the movement of the seat can be adjusted to be smaller than the movement of the backrest.
  • the elastic deformation of the elastic member can be sufficiently ensured, and sufficient restoring force can be obtained.
  • the seat support shaft portion has a first shaft portion that extends in the second direction and rotatably supports the seat, and a second shaft portion that extends in the second direction and rotatably supports the seat, the back support shaft portion is located lower than the first shaft portion in the vertical direction, extends in the second direction, and has a third shaft portion that rotatably supports the backrest, and the position conversion mechanism is located lower than the second shaft portion in the vertical direction and supports the backrest in the second direction.
  • the seat has a fourth shaft extending in the seat back direction, a support connector rotatably supported on the first shaft, rotatably supported on the third shaft and connected to the backrest, and a support link rotatably supported on the second shaft and rotatably supported on the fourth shaft, and the support structure has a support base that supports the third shaft and the fourth shaft, and the support connector and the support link may be configured to return the seat and the backrest to the initial position by the restoring force of the elastic member.
  • the support connector and the seat can rotate relatively around the first shaft.
  • the support connector supporting the backrest and the seat can rotate relatively around the first shaft.
  • the seat and the support link can rotate relatively around the second shaft.
  • the support connector and the support base can rotate relatively around the third shaft.
  • the support connector supporting the backrest and the support base can rotate relatively around the third shaft.
  • the backrest and the support connector can rotate relatively.
  • the support base and the support link can rotate relatively around the fourth shaft.
  • the backrest rotates around the third axle supported by the support base in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest.
  • the support connector connected to the backrest rotates around the third axle.
  • the support connector supporting the first axle moves the first axle backward.
  • the first axle moves the seat backward.
  • the second axle supporting the seat also moves backward.
  • the support link supporting the second axle rotates around the fourth axle.
  • the backrest rotates around the third axis supported by the support base in conjunction with the forward movement of the backrest.
  • the support connector connected to the backrest rotates around the third axis.
  • the support connector supporting the first axis moves the first axis forward.
  • the first axis moves the seat forward.
  • the second axis supporting the seat also moves forward.
  • the support link supporting the second axis rotates around the fourth axis.
  • the chair according to the above aspect can achieve the above-mentioned effects by using a support structure having a first axle, a second axle, a third axle, a fourth axle, a support connector, a support link, and a support base.
  • the elastic member may have a bent portion located between the first end and the second end. According to the chair of the above aspect, a difference can be generated between the position of the first end and the position of the second end in the vertical direction, which makes it easier to attach the elastic member to both the seat and the backrest.
  • the first end of the elastic member may be located at the upper end of the elastic member in the up-down direction
  • the second end of the elastic member may be located at the front end of the elastic member in the first direction
  • the elastic member may have a bent portion located between the first end and the second end.
  • the elastic member when the elastic member is elastically deformed, elastic deformation occurs at the bent portion located between the first end and the second end.
  • the elastic member is deformed so that the angle between the direction from the bent portion toward the first end and the direction from the bent portion toward the second end changes. This makes it easier to bend the elastic member in conjunction with the displacement of the backrest. Therefore, the elastic member can be bent smoothly, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
  • the bent portion when viewed in the second direction, has an upward extension portion connected to the first end portion and a forward extension portion connected to the second end portion, and the upward extension portion and the forward extension portion may be connected to form an L-shape.
  • the first end is higher than the second end in the vertical direction. Therefore, when the bending portion is bent in conjunction with rearward and downward displacement of the backrest, the upper extension portion is more likely to deform rearward than the forward extension portion by the length of the upper extension portion. Therefore, the elastic member can be smoothly bent, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
  • the elastic member has an upper region located between the first end and the upward extension and extending in the up-down direction, and a front region located between the second end and the forward extension and extending in the first direction, and at least one of the upper region and the forward region may be formed in a straight line.
  • At least one of the upper region and the front region is formed in a straight line, so that the linearly formed region is easily deformed by the length of the region. Therefore, the elastic member can be smoothly bent, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
  • the seat has a seat body having the underside and a seat support member that is separate from the seat body, and the seat support member supports the seat body, the first shaft portion, and the second shaft portion, and may be connected to the second end portion of the elastic member.
  • the chair according to the above embodiment has a structure in which the elastic member is connected to the seat support member.
  • the seat support member is connected to the backrest via a support structure.
  • the chair according to this aspect of the present invention ensures a sufficient amount of elastic deformation of the elastic member, and provides sufficient restoring force.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, seen obliquely from the front.
  • FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of a portion of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the components that make up the seat and a portion of the support structure.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a part of an operating mechanism that constitutes the seat of the chair according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is an oblique view showing a portion of an operating mechanism arranged inside a base that constitutes part of a support structure of a chair in one embodiment of the present invention, showing the state in which the base cover has been removed.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, seen obliquely from the front.
  • FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of a portion of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the components that make up the seat and a portion of the support structure.
  • FIG. 2 is
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a portion of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the components that make up the backrest and the support structure.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing an elastic member constituting the chair according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 2 is an enlarged side view showing a main part of an arm portion that constitutes the backrest of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a first seat support member that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention;
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a second seat support member that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention;
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a support connector that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention
  • 1 is a perspective view showing a support base that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention
  • 1 is a perspective view showing a support base cover that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a partial side view of the combined seat, backrest, and support structure that make up a chair in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, showing the backrest in its forwardmost position;
  • FIG. 2 is a partial side view of the combined seat, backrest, and support structure that make up a chair in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, showing the backrest in its rearmost position;
  • 1 is a side view illustrating a method of connecting an arm portion constituting the backrest of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention to a support connector constituting a support structure.
  • FIG. 1 is a side view illustrating a method of connecting an arm portion constituting the backrest of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention to a support connector constituting a support structure.
  • the direction in which an occupant sitting in the correct position on seat 1 faces forward will be referred to as "forward,” and the opposite direction will be referred to as “rear.”
  • the directions of up, down, left, and right in the following explanation correspond to the directions centered on the occupant when sitting in the correct position on seat 1.
  • the drawings also show an arrow FD pointing forward, an arrow BD pointing backward, an arrow UD pointing upward, an arrow DD pointing downward, an arrow RD pointing to the right, and an arrow LD pointing to the left.
  • the upward direction UD and the downward direction DD coincide with the up-down direction (the direction of gravity).
  • the downward direction DD may simply be referred to as a “planar view.”
  • the upward direction UD and the downward direction DD may also be referred to as up-down directions UD and DD.
  • Each of the forward direction FD and the rearward direction BD corresponds to a first direction that intersects with the up-down direction.
  • Each of the forward direction FD and the rearward direction BD may be a direction parallel to a horizontal plane, or may be an inclined direction inclined with respect to the horizontal plane.
  • the forward direction FD and the rearward direction BD may be referred to as the fore-and-aft directions FD and BD.
  • the "horizontal plane” is a plane that is perpendicular to the up-down direction.
  • Each of the right direction RD and the left direction LD corresponds to a second direction intersecting with the up-down direction and the first direction. That is, the right direction RD and the left direction LD are directions intersecting with the up-down direction and the front-rear direction FD, BD.
  • the right direction RD or the left direction LD may simply be referred to as a "side view.”
  • the right direction RD and the left direction LD may also be referred to as the left-right direction RD, LD.
  • a plane parallel to the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD may be referred to as the "horizontal direction” or "horizontal plane.”
  • “displacement” means change in position in the up-down, front-back, and left-right directions, change in the distance between two components, change in the trajectory that shows the movement over time of the components that make up the chair when viewed left-right, and change in angle in the rotational direction around an axis that is parallel to the left-right direction. Additionally, “amount of movement,” “amount of displacement,” “amount of rotation,” and “amount of rotation” mean the “amount” of the above-mentioned "displacement.”
  • a chair 100 according to this embodiment has a seat 1, a backrest 2, and a support structure 3.
  • the chair 100 is used in a state where the chair 100 is placed on a floor surface FS and a person is seated on the seat 1.
  • the backrest 2 is interlockingly connected to the seat 1 via the support structure 3. In other words, in the structure of the chair 100, the backrest 2 is not directly supported by the seat 1.
  • the backrest 2 is movable or tiltable in the rear direction BD within a tilt range 80 indicated by the reference numeral 80.
  • the tilt range 80 is a range between a front limit position 81 and a rear limit position 82.
  • the front limit position 81 is a position in a state where the seated person is not pushing the backrest 2 in the rear direction BD.
  • the front limit position 81 is the initial position of the backrest 2.
  • the rear limit position 82 is a position where the backrest 2 has moved furthest in the rear direction BD when the seated person is pushing the backrest 2 in the rear direction BD.
  • the seat 1 has a seat body 4 , a seat receiving member 40 , and an operating mechanism 5 .
  • the seat body 4 is a plate-like member that elastically supports the buttocks and thighs of a seated person.
  • the seat body 4 is a plate that is parallel to the front-rear direction FD, BD or the direction inclining in the front-rear direction FD, BD, and is parallel to the left-right direction RD, LD.
  • the seat body 4 has a seat bottom surface 4L facing the downward direction DD and a seat top surface 4U facing the upward direction UD.
  • the seat bottom surface 4L faces the floor surface FS.
  • the seat bottom surface 4L is an example of a "bottom surface".
  • the seat top surface 4U is a curved surface having a three-dimensional shape according to the shape of the buttocks and thighs of the seated person.
  • the seat top surface 4U is covered with a covering material 4M.
  • the seat body 4 is made of a material known in the art, such as a resin material or a metal material.
  • the covering material 4M is, for example, a cloth such as a mesh.
  • a support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and an operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 are formed on the seat panel lower surface 4L.
  • Each of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 is an example of a “recess.”
  • the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 may be referred to as a “first recess” and the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 may be referred to as a “second recess.”
  • the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 is formed approximately in the center of the seat body 4 in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD.
  • the support mechanism housing 6 has a support recess surface 6A formed inside the support mechanism housing 6.
  • Four seat fastening holes 6B are formed in the support recess surface 6A.
  • Each of the four seat fastening holes 6B is, for example, a screw hole.
  • the support mechanism accommodating section 6 has a depth 6D from the edge 6C of the support mechanism accommodating section 6 to the support recess surface 6A in the upward direction UD.
  • the depth 6D of the support mechanism accommodating section 6 can be set appropriately depending on the design of the seat body 4 and the seat receiving member 40 described below.
  • the operation mechanism housing 7 has a lever housing 7A and a wire housing 7B.
  • the lever accommodating portion 7A is formed in a position forward of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 in the forward direction FD and to the right of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 in the right direction RD.
  • the position of the lever accommodating portion 7A is not limited to the position shown in Fig. 2.
  • the lever accommodating portion 7A has a lever recessed surface 7C formed inside the lever accommodating portion 7A.
  • a shaft fixing hole 7D is formed in the lever recessed surface 7C.
  • the shaft fixing hole 7D is, for example, a screw hole.
  • the wire accommodating portion 7B is, for example, a groove formed in the underside of the seat plate 4L.
  • the depth of the operating mechanism accommodating portion 7 from the underside of the seat plate 4L toward the upward direction UD is set appropriately according to the size of each of the multiple members that make up the operating mechanism 5.
  • the wire accommodating portion 7B In the direction in which the wire accommodating portion 7B extends, the wire accommodating portion 7B has a partially formed curved portion and a straight portion.
  • the wire accommodating portion 7B is formed in a substantially U-shape when viewed in the upward direction UD.
  • the shape of the wire accommodating portion 7B is set according to the design of the chair 100, taking into consideration the position of the lever accommodating portion 7A.
  • the shape of the wire accommodating portion 7B may be an I-shape or an inverted L-shape.
  • the operating mechanism 5 can be provided on the underside of the seat 4L at a distance so as to be aligned with the support structure 3 in the left-right directions RD, LD.
  • the seat receiving member 40 constitutes a part of the seat 1.
  • the seat receiving member 40 is a separate body from the seat main body 4. In other words, the seat receiving member 40 is detachable from the seat main body 4. The structure of the seat receiving member 40 will be described later.
  • the operation mechanism 5 has an operation unit 10, a wire structure 11, a pressing unit 12, an operation unit cover 13, and a wire holding claw 14.
  • Figure 3 shows a state in which the operation unit 10 is removed from the seat panel underside 4L.
  • Figure 4 shows a part of the operation mechanism 5 disposed inside a support base that constitutes a part of the support structure 3.
  • the support base cover is not shown in Figure 4.
  • the operating mechanism 5 is accommodated in a lever accommodating portion 7A and a wire accommodating portion 7B on the seat bottom surface 4L. Furthermore, a part of the operating mechanism 5 is accommodated in the support base.
  • the operation portion 10 has a lever support shaft 10A, a lever plate 10B, a wire support portion 10C, and a lever 10D.
  • the operation portion 10 is accommodated in the lever accommodation portion 7A.
  • the lever support shaft 10A extends in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the lever support shaft 10A has a threaded portion 10E, a pivot support portion 10F, and a head portion 10G.
  • the head portion 10G is located at the end of the lever support shaft 10A in the downward direction DD.
  • the threaded portion 10E is screwed into the shaft fixing hole 7D. As a result, the threaded portion 10E is fixed to the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7.
  • the lever support shaft 10A supports the lever plate 10B so that the lever plate 10B can pivot around the pivot support portion 10F.
  • the material that constitutes the lever support shaft 10A may be a known resin material or metal material.
  • Lever plate 10B extends in a direction perpendicular to the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • Lever plate 10B has a support end 10H and a pivot end 10I.
  • a support shaft hole 10J is formed in support end 10H.
  • a pivot support portion 10F is inserted into support shaft hole 10J.
  • the diameter of support shaft hole 10J is smaller than the diameter of head portion 10G. This prevents lever plate 10B from falling off from operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 in the downward direction DD by head portion 10G.
  • Lever plate 10B is made of a material such as a known resin material or metal material.
  • the wire support portion 10C is a protrusion that protrudes from the lever plate 10B in the downward direction DD.
  • the wire support portion 10C is located between the support end portion 10H and the pivot end portion 10I in the extension direction of the lever plate 10B.
  • the wire support portion 10C is fixed to a hole formed in the lever plate 10B.
  • Lever 10D extends in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the end of lever 10D in the up-down direction UD is fixed to a rotating end 10I of lever plate 10B.
  • Lever 10D is, for example, a part where a seated person operates operating unit 10 with his/her fingers.
  • Lever 10D can rotate around lever support shaft 10A.
  • lever 10D can move so as to trace an arc-shaped trajectory in the horizontal direction.
  • the arc-shaped trajectory is a partial arc of a circle centered on lever support shaft 10A.
  • a known resin material or metal material is used as a material for forming the lever 10D.
  • the lever 10D may be formed of the same material as the lever plate 10B so as to be integrated with the lever plate 10B, or may be separable from the lever plate 10B so as to be a separate body from the lever plate 10B.
  • the operating unit 10 having such a configuration is housed in the lever housing portion 7 A.
  • the position of the operating unit 10 and the position and shape of the lever housing portion 7 A are set in consideration of the operability of the operating unit 10 and the chair 100 by the seated person.
  • the lever support shaft 10A corresponds to the fulcrum
  • the lever 10D corresponds to the force point
  • the wire support portion 10C of the lever plate 10B corresponds to the point of action.
  • the lever 10D and the wire support portion 10C are positioned horizontally.
  • the relative positional relationship between the lever support shaft 10A, the lever 10D, and the wire support portion 10C in the extending direction of the lever plate 10B is appropriately set taking into consideration the principle of leverage and the operability of the chair 100.
  • the wire structure 11 has an outer tube 11A, an inner wire 11B, a first wire engagement end 11F (first engagement end), and a second wire engagement end 11S (second engagement end).
  • the wire structure 11 is supported by wire housings 7B in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD.
  • the length of the wire structure 11 is set according to the formation pattern of the wire housings 7B formed on the seat panel underside 4L and the design of the chair 100.
  • the outer tube 11A is, for example, a cylindrical body made of soft resin.
  • the outer tube 11A has flexibility.
  • a space is formed inside the outer tube 11A. This space extends in the direction in which the outer tube 11A extends.
  • the outer tube 11A is accommodated in and fixed to the wire accommodating portion 7B.
  • the wire accommodating portion 7B statically holds the outer tube 11A.
  • a known outer tube is used as this outer tube 11A.
  • the inner wire 11B has, for example, a structure in which a plurality of thin metal wires are woven together, and is flexible.
  • the inner wire 11B is located in the internal space of the outer tube 11A, and is movable relative to the outer tube 11A held by the wire housing 7B. In other words, the inner wire 11B is movable inside the fixed outer tube 11A while deforming so as to extend in the extension direction of the outer tube 11A.
  • a known inner wire is used as this inner wire 11B.
  • the first wire engaging end 11F is connected to the tip (first tip) of the inner wire 11B. Inside the lever housing 7A, the first wire engaging end 11F is engaged with the wire support portion 10C. The first wire engaging end 11F is rotatable around the wire support portion 10C.
  • the engaging structure between the first wire engaging end 11F and the wire support portion 10C is not particularly limited. For example, a structure in which each of the wire support portion 10C and the first wire engaging end 11F has a hook and the two hooks engage with each other may be adopted.
  • the wire support portion 10C may have a small diameter portion having a small diameter and a large diameter portion having a larger diameter than the small diameter portion, and the first wire engaging end 11F may engage with the small diameter portion.
  • the second wire engaging end 11S is connected to the tip (second tip) of the inner wire 11B located on the upper surface of the base cover.
  • the second wire engaging end 11S is engaged with the pressing portion 12 on the upper surface of the base cover.
  • the pressing portion 12 has a pressing body 12A, a pressing support shaft 12B, a pressing engagement portion 12C, and a pressing force generating portion 12G.
  • the pressing body 12A has, for example, a substantially triangular shape.
  • the shape of the pressing body 12A is not limited to a substantially triangular shape. As long as the pressing body 12A has the pressing support shaft 12B, the pressing engagement portion 12C, and the pressing force generating portion 12G, the shape of the pressing body 12A can be appropriately selected.
  • the material constituting the pressing body 12A may be a known resin material or metal material.
  • the pressing portion 12 has a thickness in the direction indicated by the symbol T, a height in the direction indicated by the symbol H, and a length in the direction indicated by the symbol L.
  • the pressing portion 12 may be described using the terms "thickness direction T,” "height direction H,” and "length direction L.”
  • the height direction H is a direction that is parallel to or inclined with respect to the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the thickness direction T is a direction that is parallel to or inclined with respect to the front-back directions FD and BD.
  • the length direction L is a direction that is parallel to or inclined with respect to the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B constitutes a part of the pressing body 12A.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B extends in the thickness direction T.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B supports the pressing body 12A so that the pressing body 12A can rotate around the pressing support shaft 12B.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B may be formed of the same material as the pressing body 12A so as to be integrated with the pressing body 12A, or may be separable from the pressing body 12A so as to be a separate body from the pressing body 12A.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B is rotatably supported by a support base cover 65 described later.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B may be supported by a support base 60 as long as the pressing body 12A is rotatable around the pressing support shaft 12B.
  • the pressing engagement portion 12C is formed on the pressing body 12A at a position away from the pressing support shaft 12B in the height direction H.
  • the pressing engagement portion 12C constitutes a part of the pressing body 12A.
  • the pressing engagement portion 12C has a wire insertion groove 12D and a wire support groove 12E.
  • the wire insertion groove 12D is a groove through which the second wire engaging end 11S is inserted when the second wire engaging end 11S is hooked onto the pressing portion 12.
  • the wire support groove 12E is a groove that supports the second wire engaging end 11S.
  • the wire insertion groove 12D is formed to extend, for example, from the upper end 12U of the pressing body 12A toward the inside of the pressing body 12A in the height direction H.
  • the depth of the wire insertion groove 12D in the height direction H is not particularly limited, but the wire insertion groove 12D may have a depth sufficient to support the second wire engagement end 11S.
  • the wire insertion groove 12D is located approximately in the center in the thickness direction T.
  • the wire support groove 12E has a shape corresponding to the shape of the second wire engaging end 11S.
  • the wire support groove 12E is provided on the surface of the pressing body 12A opposite to the second wire engaging end 11S.
  • the wire support groove 12E is formed to extend toward the inside of the pressing body 12A in the length direction L or in a direction inclined to the length direction L.
  • the depth of the wire support groove 12E in the length direction L is not particularly limited, but it is sufficient that the wire support groove 12E has a depth sufficient to support the second wire engaging end 11S.
  • the engagement structure between the pressure engagement portion 12C and the second wire engagement end 11S is not particularly limited.
  • a structure in which the pressure engagement portion 12C and the second wire engagement end 11S each have a hook and the two hooks engage with each other may be adopted.
  • the pressing force generating portion 12G is formed on the pressing body 12A at a position away from the pressing support shaft 12B in the length direction L.
  • the pressing force generating portion 12G is a surface formed on a part of the pressing body 12A.
  • the pressing force generating portion 12G is located below the pressing body 12A in the height direction H.
  • the pressing support shaft 12B corresponds to the fulcrum
  • the pressing engagement section 12C corresponds to the force point
  • the pressing force generating section 12G corresponds to the point of action.
  • the pressing engagement section 12C and the pressing force generating section 12G are located in the height direction H.
  • the pressing engagement section 12C and the pressing force generating section 12G are located in a direction different from the horizontal direction.
  • the relative positional relationship of the pressing support shaft 12B, the pressing engagement section 12C, and the pressing force generating section 12G in the height direction H and the length direction L is appropriately set taking into consideration the principle of the lever and the operability of the chair 100.
  • the operation unit cover 13 is a portion that is fitted into the lever housing portion 7A.
  • a through hole 13A is formed in the operation unit cover 13.
  • the lever 10D is inserted into the through hole 13A.
  • the through hole 13A has an arc shape so that the lever 10D can move within an arc-shaped movement range.
  • the operation unit cover 13 is fastened to the seat body 4 using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
  • the wire holding claws 14 are installed on the seat plate underside 4L in the direction in which the groove-shaped wire accommodating portion 7B extends.
  • the wire holding claws 14 hold the wire structure 11 arranged in the wire accommodating portion 7B.
  • the wire holding claws 14 are fixed to the seat plate underside 4L using, for example, a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
  • the wire holding claws 14 cover the open end of the groove-shaped wire accommodating portion 7B facing the downward direction DD at an appropriate position in the horizontal direction. This prevents the wire structure 11 from falling off from the wire accommodating portion 7B in the downward direction DD.
  • the wire holding claws 14 may be integrally formed on the seat plate underside 4L.
  • the backrest 2 is tiltable relative to the seat 1 . 1, 5A, 5B, and 6, the backrest 2 has an arm portion 20, a back support portion 21, an elastic member 23, an elastic member support portion 24, and a backrest cover 25.
  • the backrest 2 is a portion that supports the back of a seated person.
  • the arm portion 20, the back support portion 21, the elastic member support portion 24, and the backrest cover 25 are made of materials such as known resin materials and metal materials.
  • the arm portion 20 is supported by a support structure 3 .
  • the arm portion 20 is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed in the right direction RD.
  • the arm portion 20 has a vertical arm 20A and a horizontal arm 20B.
  • the vertical arm 20A is located below the seat body 4.
  • the vertical arm 20A extends in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the horizontal arm 20B extends in the front-rear directions FD and BD.
  • the vertical arm 20A may be formed of the same material as the horizontal arm 20B so as to be integrated with it, or may be separable from the horizontal arm 20B so as to be a separate body from the horizontal arm 20B.
  • the vertical arm 20A supports the back support portion 21.
  • the horizontal arm 20B has an arm opening 20C, a first support arm 20F, a second support arm 20S, and a reinforcing arm 20D.
  • the arm opening 20C is an opening through which a part of the elastic member 23 is inserted when the elastic member 23 is attached to the back surface of the vertical arm 20A facing the rear direction BD.
  • the reinforcing arm 20D extends in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the reinforcing arm 20D is provided between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S. This improves the strength of the horizontal arm 20B.
  • the first support arm 20F has a first shaft support hole 26F.
  • the first shaft support hole 26F is provided on the opposite side of the first support arm 20F to the vertical arm 20A. In other words, the first shaft support hole 26F is located in front of the first support arm 20F in the forward direction FD.
  • the first support arm 20F is attached to the rear of the base via the first shaft support hole 26F.
  • the first support arm 20F has a first arm groove 27F provided between the first shaft support hole 26F and the reinforcing arm 20D. The first arm groove 27F opens toward the left direction LD.
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged view of the portion indicated by the symbol A in FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 6 is a side view partially showing the first support arm 20F as viewed from the second support arm 20S in the right direction RD.
  • the first arm groove 27F has an oblique opening groove 28A, a front-rear extending groove 28B, and a groove inner portion 28C.
  • the first arm groove 27F opens toward the left direction LD. In other words, the first arm groove 27F is exposed in the space between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S.
  • the oblique opening groove 28A is formed in the first support arm 20F so as to extend in a groove inclination direction 29A.
  • the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction from the arm upper surface 29T of the first support arm 20F toward the inside of the first support arm 20F.
  • the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction inclined with respect to the extension direction 20E in which the first support arm 20F extends.
  • the oblique opening groove 28A is open in the arm upper surface 29T toward the upward direction UD and the leftward direction LD.
  • the oblique opening groove 28A has two opposing oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2.
  • the width between the two oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 is slightly wider than the diameter of the right arm engagement portion 51J, which will be described later. This allows the right arm engagement portion 51J to be inserted between the oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 of the oblique opening groove 28A.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B is formed in the first support arm 20F so as to be connected to the oblique opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B extends in the extension direction 20E.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B opens in the groove inclination direction 29A and in the left direction LD.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B has two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 facing each other.
  • the extending groove wall 28M1 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N1.
  • the extending groove wall 28M2 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N2.
  • the width between the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 is slightly wider than the diameter of a right arm engaging portion 51J, which will be described later. This allows the right arm engaging portion 51J to be inserted between the extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 of the front-rear extending groove 28B.
  • the groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at the rearmost position of the front-rear extending groove 28B. In other words, the groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at an end of the front-rear extending groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B.
  • the groove extension direction 29B is a direction parallel to the extension direction 20E.
  • the groove inner portion 28C is open toward the extension direction 20E and the left direction LD.
  • the groove inner portion 28C has a curved surface that is shaped to fit the surface shape of the right arm engagement portion 51J.
  • the second support arm 20S has a second shaft support hole 26S.
  • the second shaft support hole 26S is provided on the opposite side of the second support arm 20S to the vertical arm 20A. In other words, the second shaft support hole 26S is located in front of the second support arm 20S in the forward direction FD.
  • the second support arm 20S is attached to the rear of the base via the second shaft support hole 26S.
  • the second support arm 20S has a second arm groove 27S provided between the second shaft support hole 26S and the reinforcing arm 20D. The second arm groove 27S opens toward the right direction RD.
  • the second arm groove 27S has an oblique opening groove 28A, a front-rear extending groove 28B, and a groove inner portion 28C, similar to the first arm groove 27F of the first support arm 20F.
  • the second arm groove 27S opens toward the right direction RD. In other words, the second arm groove 27S is exposed in the space between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S.
  • the oblique opening groove 28A is formed in the second support arm 20S so as to extend in a groove inclination direction 29A.
  • the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction from the arm upper surface 29T of the second support arm 20S toward the inside of the second support arm 20S.
  • the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction inclined with respect to the extension direction 20E in which the second support arm 20S extends.
  • the oblique opening groove 28A is open in the arm upper surface 29T toward the upward direction UD and the rightward direction RD.
  • the oblique opening groove 28A has two opposing oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2.
  • the width between the two oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 is slightly wider than the diameter of the left arm engagement portion 51R, which will be described later. This allows the left arm engagement portion 51R to be inserted between the oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 of the oblique opening groove 28A.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B is formed in the second support arm 20S so as to be connected to the oblique opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B extends in the extension direction 20E.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B opens in the groove inclination direction 29A and in the right direction RD.
  • the front-rear extending groove 28B has two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 facing each other.
  • the extending groove wall 28M1 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N1.
  • the extending groove wall 28M2 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N2.
  • the width between the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 is slightly wider than the diameter of the left arm engagement portion 51R, which will be described later. This allows the left arm engagement portion 51R to be inserted between the extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 of the front-rear extending groove 28B.
  • the groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at the rearmost position of the front-rear extending groove 28B. In other words, the groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at an end of the front-rear extending groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B.
  • the groove extension direction 29B is a direction parallel to the extension direction 20E.
  • the groove inner portion 28C is open toward the extension direction 20E and the rightward direction RD.
  • the groove inner portion 28C has a curved surface that is shaped to fit the surface shape of the left arm engagement portion 51R.
  • the second arm groove 27S and the first arm groove 27F are axially symmetrical with respect to a central axis CL (see FIG. 1) that passes through the center of the chair 100 in the left-right directions RD and LD and extends in the front-back directions FD and BD.
  • the back support portion 21 is located above the vertical arm 20A in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the back support portion 21 is supported by the vertical arm 20A.
  • the back support portion 21 is disposed rearward of the seat 1 in the rear direction BD.
  • the back support portion 21 is tiltable relative to the seat 1.
  • the back support portion 21 has a back support support portion 21A and a back support surface forming portion 21B.
  • the back support support portion 21A is fastened to the vertical arm 20A using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown). This allows the back support support portion 21A to be supported by the arm portion 20.
  • the back support portion 21 extends in the vertical directions UD and DD, and is tiltable in the vertical directions UD and DD in conjunction with the rotation of the arm portion 20.
  • the material of the upholstery forming the back support surface forming portion 21B is, for example, a cloth such as mesh.
  • the back support portion 21A may be integrally formed with the vertical arm 20A.
  • a known cushion member covered with a cloth material may be attached to the back support portion 21B.
  • the back support portion 21B may be covered with a cloth material.
  • the elastic member 23 is supported by the seat plate underside 4L of the seat 1.
  • the elastic member 23 is, for example, a known leaf spring. As shown in FIG. 5B, the elastic member 23 is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed in the right direction RD.
  • the elastic member 23 has a vertical spring portion 23A and a horizontal spring portion 23B.
  • the spring structure constituting the elastic member 23 is not limited to a leaf spring.
  • a known spring other than a leaf spring can be applied to the elastic member 23.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A is an example of a "first end portion".
  • the horizontal spring portion 23B is an example of a "second end portion".
  • the vertical spring portion 23A is a portion connected to the vertical arm 20A of the backrest 2.
  • the horizontal spring portion 23B is a portion connected to the seat plate underside 4L of the seat 1.
  • the horizontal spring portion 23B is located in the forward direction FD than the vertical spring portion 23A in the front-rear direction FD, BD.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A which constitutes the "first end” in the vertical directions UD and DD, is positioned above the horizontal spring portion 23B, which constitutes the "second end".
  • the vertical spring portion 23A may be positioned below the horizontal spring portion 23B in the vertical directions UD and DD. In this case, it is desirable for the vertical spring portion 23A to be supported at a portion of the backrest 2 below the seat 1.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 is located at the upper end 23U of the elastic member 23 in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the horizontal spring portion 23B of the elastic member 23 is located at the front end 23L of the elastic member 23 in the front-to-back directions FD and BD.
  • the elastic member 23 has a bent portion 23C located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A is provided with a first end hole 23H1.
  • the first end hole 23H1 is a hole through which a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown) passes.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A is fastened to the vertical arm 20A by a fastening member that passes through the first end hole 23H1.
  • the horizontal spring portion 23B is provided with a second end hole 23H2.
  • the second end hole 23H2 is a hole through which a seat receiving fastening member passes.
  • the horizontal spring portion 23B is fastened to the seat receiving member 40 by a seat receiving fastening member that passes through the second end hole 23H2.
  • the bent portion 23C has an upward extending portion 23D connected to the vertical spring portion 23A and a forward extending portion 23E connected to the horizontal spring portion 23B.
  • the upward extending portion 23D and the forward extending portion 23E are connected to form an L-shape.
  • the elastic member 23 has an upper region 23F and a front region 23G.
  • the upper region 23F is located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the upward extending portion 23D.
  • the upper region 23F extends in the upward direction UD.
  • the front region 23G is located between the horizontal spring portion 23B and the forward extending portion 23E.
  • the front region 23G extends in the forward direction FD. At least one of the upper region 23F and the front region 23G may be formed in a straight line.
  • the upper region 23F is formed linearly so as to extend in the upward direction UD or in a direction inclined toward the upward direction UD.
  • the front region 23G is formed linearly so as to extend in the forward direction FD or in a direction inclined toward the forward direction FD.
  • the upper region 23F and the front region 23G each have a linear shape.
  • only the upper region 23F may be formed in a linear shape.
  • only the front region 23G may be formed in a linear shape.
  • the elastic member 23 having the above-mentioned configuration elastically deforms in the up-down directions UD, DD and the front-rear directions FD, BD as the backrest 2 rotates.
  • the elastic member 23 is a member that applies a restoring force resulting from elastic deformation to the seat 1 and the backrest 2, returning the seat 1 and the backrest 2 to the front limit position 81.
  • the elastic deformation occurring in the elastic member 23 means that the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed by the action of a force applied to the elastic member 23. This point will be explained in detail.
  • the state of the chair 100 in which the seated person is not pressing against the backrest 2 with his/her back is defined as the initial state.
  • the state of the chair 100 in which the seated person presses the backrest 2 with his/her back is defined as a tilted state.
  • the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed means that the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed in the process in which the state of the chair 100 changes from the initial state to the tilted state.
  • elastic deformation may occur in advance in the elastic member 23.
  • the elastic member 23 may apply a restoring force (initial reaction force) to the members constituting the chair 100.
  • the elastic member support portion 24 is a member that fixes the vertical spring portion 23A to the back surface 21C of the back support portion 21A.
  • the elastic member support portion 24 fastens the vertical spring portion 23A to the back surface 21C of the back support portion 21A using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
  • the backrest cover 25 is fixed to the vertical arm 20A so as to cover the elastic member support portion 24 and the vertical spring portion 23A. As a result, the elastic member support portion 24 and the vertical spring portion 23A are not exposed to the outside of the chair 100. By fastening the backrest cover 25 to the vertical arm 20A, the design of the chair 100 is improved.
  • the support structure 3 supports the seat bottom surface 4L and the backrest 2 of the seat 1. In this way, the support structure 3 supports the chair 100 on the floor surface FS. In this embodiment, the support structure 3 supports the seat 1 via the seat bottom surface 4L, but the support structure 3 may support the seat 1 via a portion other than the seat bottom surface 4L. For example, the support structure 3 may support the seat 1 via the side surfaces of the seat 1 in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the support structure 3 has legs 30 and a shaft support mechanism 50 .
  • the legs 30 are placed on a floor surface FS.
  • the leg 30 has a mandrel 31 with a plurality of casters 31a, and a leg pillar 33 that stands from the center of the mandrel 31 and has a built-in gas spring 32 that serves as a lifting mechanism.
  • the leg pillar 33 has an inner cylinder 34 and an outer cylinder 35.
  • the outer cylinder 35 is non-rotatably fitted and supported by the mandrel 31.
  • the lower part of the inner cylinder 34 is rotatable around an axis parallel to the up-down directions UD and DD. In other words, the lower part of the inner cylinder 34 is supported rotatably relative to the outer cylinder 35.
  • the upper part of the inner cylinder 34 is fixed to a support base 60 that constitutes the shaft support mechanism 50.
  • the gas spring 32 has, for example, a cylinder 32A, a piston 32B, and a locking mechanism 32C.
  • the cylinder 32A is filled with compressed gas.
  • the piston 32B is movable in the vertical directions UD and DD inside the cylinder 32A.
  • the locking mechanism 32C is a mechanism for fixing the position of the piston 32B in the vertical directions UD and DD, or for releasing the fixed state of the position of the piston 32B.
  • the locking mechanism 32C has an unlocking protrusion 32D that protrudes from the gas spring 32 in the upward direction UD. As shown in FIG. 4, the unlocking protrusion 32D is in slidable contact with the pressing force generating portion 12G of the pressing portion 12.
  • the seat receiving member 40 is a member that supports the seat body 4 , the first shaft portion 71 , and the second shaft portion 72 . 2, 5A, 7, 8, 12, and 13, the seat receiving member 40 is accommodated in the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 on the underside 4L of the seat plate.
  • the size of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD, i.e., in the horizontal direction, is set according to the size of the seat receiving member 40.
  • the depth 6D of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 is set to be larger than the height 40H of the seat receiving member 40 in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the support mechanism housing portion 6 is capable of housing the seat receiving member 40 inside the support mechanism housing portion 6.
  • the seat receiving member 40 overlaps the seat main body 4 when viewed in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the seat receiving member 40 is constituted by a first seat receiving member 41 and a second seat receiving member 42 .
  • Each of the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42 is made of a metal plate.
  • each of the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42 is formed by known sheet metal processing. As long as it is made of a strength member having sufficient strength to support a person seated on the seat 1, the type of material forming the seat receiving member 40 or the thickness of the metal plate is not particularly limited.
  • the first seat receiving member 41 has a first plate body 41A, a first right plate portion 41B, and a first left plate portion 41C.
  • the first plate body 41A extends parallel to the front-rear direction FD, BD or in a direction inclined to the front-rear direction FD, BD.
  • the first plate body 41A is connected to the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C in the left-right direction RD, LD.
  • the first plate body 41A is provided with four through holes 41D. The positions of the four through holes 41D in the first plate body 41A correspond one-to-one to the positions of the four seat fastening holes 6B formed in the support recess surface 6A.
  • the first plate body 41A is fastened to the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and fixed to the seat body 4 using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
  • a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
  • a fixing structure for fixing the first seat receiving member 41 and the seat body 4 for example, a known fixing structure using a screw is adopted.
  • the fixing structure is not limited to the screw fixing.
  • the first right plate portion 41B is a portion that extends in the downward direction DD from the right end portion 41E of the first plate body 41A in the right direction RD.
  • a first right front hole 41G and a first right rear hole 41H are formed in the first right plate portion 41B.
  • the first right front hole 41G is a hole that is provided in a position forward of the first right rear hole 41H.
  • the first right rear hole 41H is a hole that is provided in a position rearward of the first right front hole 41G.
  • the first left plate portion 41C is a portion that extends in the downward direction DD from the left end portion 41F of the first plate body 41A in the left direction LD.
  • a first left front hole 41I and a first left rear hole 41J are formed in the first left plate portion 41C.
  • the first left front hole 41I is a hole that is provided in a position forward of the first left rear hole 41J.
  • the first left rear hole 41J is a hole that is provided in a position rearward of the first left front hole 41I.
  • a first seat receiving space 41K is formed between the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the first seat receiving member 41 is formed in a roughly C-shape that opens in the downward direction DD.
  • a second seat receiving member 42 is disposed in the first seat receiving space 41K. The distance between the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C in the left-right directions RD and LD is greater than the distance between the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C of the second seat receiving member 42.
  • the second seat receiving member 42 has a second plate body 42A, a second right plate portion 42B, and a second left plate portion 42C.
  • the second plate body 42A extends parallel to the front-rear direction FD, BD or in a direction inclined to the front-rear direction FD, BD.
  • the second plate body 42A is connected to the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C in the left-right direction RD, LD.
  • the second plate body 42A is fixed to the elastic member 23 using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
  • An arm fixing hole 42K is formed in the second plate body 42A.
  • the arm fixing hole 42K is a screw hole for fixing the horizontal spring portion 23B to the seat receiving member 40.
  • the second right plate portion 42B is a portion that extends in the upward direction UD from the right end portion 42E of the second plate body 42A in the right direction RD.
  • a second right front hole 42G and a second right rear hole 42H are formed in the second right plate portion 42B.
  • the second right front hole 42G is a hole that is provided in a position forward of the second right rear hole 42H.
  • the second right rear hole 42H is a hole that is provided in a position rearward of the second right front hole 42G.
  • the second left plate portion 42C is a portion extending in the upward direction UD from the left end portion 42F of the second plate body 42A in the left direction LD.
  • a second left front hole 42I and a second left rear hole 42J are formed in the second left plate portion 42C.
  • the second left front hole 42I is a hole provided in a position forward of the second left rear hole 42J.
  • the second left rear hole 42J is a hole provided in a position rearward of the second left front hole 42I.
  • a second seat receiving space 42L is formed between the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C in the left-right directions RD and LD. In other words, the second seat receiving space 42L is formed in a substantially C-shape that opens in the upward direction UD.
  • the seat receiving member 40 is constructed by combining the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42 so that the first plate body 41A and the second plate body 42A face each other.
  • the tips of the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C contact the first plate body 41A, thereby defining a gap between the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42.
  • This gap is the elastic member insertion hole 43 into which the horizontal spring portion 23B of the elastic member 23 is inserted.
  • the elastic member insertion hole 43 is a hole that communicates with the space common to the first seat receiving space 41K and the second seat receiving space 42L. The elastic member 23 inserted into the seat receiving member 40 through the elastic member insertion hole 43 reaches the second seat receiving space 42L and is fixed to the second plate body 42A.
  • the seat receiving fastening member 44 passes through the second end hole 23H2 of the horizontal spring portion 23B and is screwed into the arm fixing hole 42K. This connects the horizontal spring portion 23B to the second seat receiving member 42.
  • the seat receiving fastening member 44 is, for example, a known bolt.
  • a connection structure is adopted in which the horizontal spring portion 23B is connected to the seat receiving member 40 by the seat receiving fastening member 44.
  • the connection structure is not limited to the structure shown in Figures 12 and 13. The position at which the connection structure is provided on the seat receiving member 40 is not limited.
  • the axis support mechanism 50 has a seat support axis portion 50A, a back support axis portion 50B, a position conversion mechanism 50C, a support base 60, a support base cover 65, and a rotation control pin 75.
  • the seat support shaft 50A supports the seat 1 so that the seat 1 can move in the front-rear directions FD and BD.
  • the back support shaft 50B extends in the left-right directions RD and LD and rotatably supports the backrest 2.
  • the position conversion mechanism 50C is rotatably supported by the seat support shaft 50A and the back support shaft 50B.
  • the position conversion mechanism 50C is configured to convert the displacement of the position of the backrest 2 caused by the rotation of the backrest 2 into the displacement of the position of the seat 1.
  • the position conversion mechanism 50C mechanically links the backrest 2 and the seat 1.
  • the structure of the position conversion mechanism 50C is not limited to the present embodiment.
  • the seat support shaft portion 50A has a first shaft portion 71 that rotatably supports the seat 1, and a second shaft portion 72 that rotatably supports the seat 1.
  • the back support shaft portion 50B is located lower in the up-down directions UD and DD than the first shaft portion 71.
  • the back support shaft portion 50B is a third shaft portion 73 that supports the backrest 2 rotatably.
  • the position conversion mechanism 50C has a fourth shaft portion 74, a support connector 51, and a support link 55.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 is located lower than the second shaft portion 72 in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the support connector 51 is rotatably supported by the first shaft portion 71, rotatably supported by the third shaft portion 73, and connected to the backrest 2.
  • the support link 55 is rotatably supported by the second shaft portion 72, and rotatably supported by the fourth shaft portion 74.
  • the support connector 51 and the support link 55 are configured to return the seat 1 and the backrest 2 to the front limit position 81 by the restoring force of the elastic member 23.
  • Each of the support connector 51 and the support link 55 is made of a metal plate.
  • each of the support connector 51 and the support link 55 is formed by known sheet metal processing.
  • the support connector 51 has a connector connecting plate portion 51A, a right connector plate portion 51B, and a left connector plate portion 51C.
  • Connector connection plate portion 51A extends parallel to the up-down directions UD, DD or in a direction inclined to the up-down directions UD, DD.
  • Connector connection plate portion 51A is connected to right connector plate portion 51B and left connector plate portion 51C in the left-right directions RD, LD.
  • the support connector 51 is rotatably supported by each of the first shaft portion 71 and the third shaft portion 73.
  • the support connector 51 supports the arm portion 20.
  • the support connector 51 is detachable from the arm portion 20.
  • the support connector 51 is an example of an "arm support portion.”
  • the connector right plate portion 51B is a portion that extends in the forward direction FD from the right end portion 52 of the connector connection plate portion 51A in the right direction RD.
  • the connector right plate portion 51B has an upper right plate portion 51D, a lower right plate portion 51E, and a right connecting plate portion 51F.
  • the right connecting plate portion 51F connects the upper right plate portion 51D and the lower right plate portion 51E.
  • the upper right plate portion 51D is located higher than the lower right plate portion 51E.
  • the upper right plate portion 51D has an upper right connector hole 51G formed therein.
  • the lower right plate portion 51E has a lower right connector hole 51H formed therein.
  • the upper right plate portion 51D is a portion that is rotatably supported by the first shaft portion 71, and is an example of a "first connector support portion.”
  • the lower right plate portion 51E is a portion that is rotatably supported by the third shaft portion 73, and is an example of a "second connector support portion.”
  • the right connector plate portion 51B is formed with a right arm engagement portion 51J that protrudes in the right direction RD from the right outer surface 51I of the right connector plate portion 51B.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J has a circular shape in a cross section perpendicular to the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J is an example of an "arm engagement portion.”
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J is a portion that fits into the first arm groove 27F of the first support arm 20F when the support connector 51 is connected to the first support arm 20F.
  • a right long hole 51K is formed in the right lower plate portion 51E.
  • the right long hole 51K is located between the connector connection plate portion 51A and the connector right lower hole 51H in the front-rear directions FD, BD.
  • the right long hole 51K extends in the up-down directions UD, DD or in a direction inclined toward the up-down directions UD, DD.
  • the right long hole 51K is the portion into which the rotation restriction pin 75 is inserted.
  • the connector left plate portion 51C is a portion extending in the forward direction FD from the left end portion 53 of the connector connection plate portion 51A in the left direction LD.
  • the connector left plate portion 51C has an upper left plate portion 51L, a lower left plate portion 51M, and a left connecting plate portion 51N.
  • the left connecting plate portion 51N connects the upper left plate portion 51L and the lower left plate portion 51M.
  • the upper left plate portion 51L is located above the lower left plate portion 51M.
  • An upper left connector hole 51O is formed in the upper left plate portion 51L.
  • a lower left connector hole 51P is formed in the lower left plate portion 51M.
  • the upper left plate portion 51L is a portion rotatably supported by the first shaft portion 71 and is an example of a "first connector support portion.”
  • the lower left plate portion 51M is a portion rotatably supported by the third shaft portion 73 and is an example of a "second connector support portion.”
  • the left connector plate portion 51C is formed with a left arm engagement portion 51R that protrudes from the left outer surface 51Q of the left connector plate portion 51C in the left direction LD.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R has a circular shape in a cross section perpendicular to the left-right directions RD, LD.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R is an example of an "arm engagement portion.”
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R is a portion that fits into the second arm groove 27S of the second support arm 20S when connecting the support connector 51 to the second support arm 20S.
  • a left long hole 51S is formed in the left lower plate portion 51M.
  • the left long hole 51S is located between the connector connection plate portion 51A and the connector left lower hole 51P in the front-rear directions FD, BD.
  • the left long hole 51S extends in the up-down directions UD, DD or in a direction inclined toward the up-down directions UD, DD.
  • the left long hole 51S is the portion into which the rotation restriction pin 75 is inserted.
  • the support connector 51 has a notch 51X formed between the upper right plate 51D and the lower right plate 51E. Similarly, a notch 51Y is formed between the upper left plate 51L and the lower left plate 51M.
  • the notches 51X and 51Y are formed in a roughly U-shape when viewed in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • a connector space 51T is formed between the connector right plate portion 51B and the connector left plate portion 51C in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the first seat receiving member 41, the second seat receiving member 42, the support link 55, and the support base 60 are arranged within the connector space 51T.
  • the distance between the connector right plate portion 51B and the connector left plate portion 51C in the left-right directions RD and LD is greater than the distance between the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C of the first seat receiving member 41.
  • the shaft support mechanism 50 has two support links 55. Specifically, the shaft support mechanism 50 has a right support link 56 located on the right side and a left support link 57 located on the left side in the left-right directions RD, LD. Each of the right support link 56 and the left support link 57 is a portion that is parallel to the up-down directions UD, DD or a direction that inclines in the up-down directions UD, DD.
  • the right support link 56 extends parallel to the up-down direction UD, DD or in a direction inclined in the up-down direction UD, DD.
  • the right support link 56 is formed with an upper right link hole 56U and a lower right link hole 56L.
  • the upper right link hole 56U is located higher than the lower right link hole 56L.
  • the upper right link hole 56U is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the second shaft portion 72, and is an example of a "first link support portion.”
  • the lower right link hole 56L is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the fourth shaft portion 74, and is an example of a "second link support portion.”
  • the left support link 57 extends parallel to the up-down direction UD, DD or in a direction inclined in the up-down direction UD, DD.
  • An upper left link hole 57U and a lower left link hole 57L are formed in the left support link 57.
  • the upper left link hole 57U is positioned higher than the lower left link hole 57L.
  • the upper left link hole 57U is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the second shaft portion 72, and is an example of a "first link support portion.”
  • the lower left link hole 57L is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the fourth shaft portion 74, and is an example of a "second link support portion.”
  • the support base 60 has a box shape and is installed on the upper part of the leg 30.
  • the box shape of the support base 60 extends parallel to the front-rear directions FD, BD or in a direction inclined to the front-rear directions FD, BD, has a width in the left-right directions RD, LD, and has a thickness in the up-down directions UD, DD.
  • the support base 60 supports the third shaft portion 73 and the fourth shaft portion 74.
  • the support base 60 has a support base lower surface 61 and a support base upper surface 62.
  • the support base lower surface 61 forms a lower surface of the box shape.
  • the support base upper surface 62 forms an upper surface of the box shape.
  • the support base 60 has a support base right side 63 and a support base left side 64.
  • the support base right side 63 and the support base left side 64 form two side surfaces of the box shape.
  • the support base lower surface 61 extends parallel to the direction inclined in the front-rear direction FD, BD.
  • the support base lower surface 61 is connected to a support base right side portion 63 and a support base left side portion 64.
  • a leg connection portion 61A to which the outer tube 35 of the leg portion 30 is connected is provided on the support base lower surface 61.
  • the support base 60 is supported by the leg portion 30 via the leg connection portion 61A.
  • a base opening 62A that opens in the upward direction UD is formed in the base upper surface 62.
  • a base cover 65 is disposed on the base upper surface 62 so as to cover the base opening 62A.
  • the right link base support part 63A is formed on the base right side 63.
  • the right base hole 63B, the right rear hole 63C, and the right center hole 63D are formed on the base right side 63.
  • the right rear hole 63C is formed on the right link base support part 63A.
  • the right link base support part 63A is a part recessed from the base right side 63 toward the left direction LD.
  • the right link base support part 63A opens toward the upward direction UD, the rear direction BD, and the right direction RD.
  • the right link base support part 63A is a recessed part that accommodates a part of the right support link 56 so that the right link base support part 63A can tilt toward the rear direction BD.
  • a structure may be adopted in which the right support link 56 does not protrude from the base right side 63 in the right direction RD.
  • the base right central hole 63D is located between the base right front hole 63B and the base right rear hole 63C.
  • the base right front hole 63B is a portion that rotatably supports the third shaft portion 73.
  • the base right rear hole 63C is a portion that rotatably supports the fourth shaft portion 74.
  • the base right central hole 63D is a portion that supports the rotation restriction pin 75.
  • the left link base support part 64A is formed on the left side of the base 64.
  • the left side of the base 64 is formed with a left front hole 64B, a left rear hole 64C, and a left center hole 64D.
  • the left rear hole 64C is formed on the left link base support part 64A.
  • the left link base support part 64A is a part recessed from the left side of the base 64 toward the right direction RD.
  • the left link base support part 64A is open toward the upward direction UD, the rear direction BD, and the left direction LD.
  • the left link base support part 64A is a recessed part that accommodates a part of the left support link 57 so that the left link base support part 64A can tilt toward the rear direction BD.
  • a structure may be adopted in which the left support link 57 does not protrude from the left side of the base 64 in the left direction LD.
  • the distance between the concave surface forming the right link base support part 63A facing the right direction RD and the concave surface forming the left link base support part 64A facing the left direction LD is smaller than the distance between the base right side part 63 and the base left side part 64.
  • the base left central hole 64D is located between the base left front hole 64B and the base left rear hole 64C.
  • the base left front hole 64B is a portion that rotatably supports the third shaft portion 73.
  • the base left rear hole 64C is a portion that rotatably supports the fourth shaft portion 74.
  • the base left central hole 64D is a portion that supports the rotation restriction pin 75.
  • the support base 60 houses a shaft support mechanism 50 for the leg 33 . 4, the unlocking protrusion 32D of the gas spring 32 and a part of the pressing body 12A of the pressing unit 12 are located inside the support base 60. Specifically, the pressing force generating unit 12G constituting the pressing unit 12 is located inside the support base 60. In other words, inside the support base 60, the unlocking protrusion 32D and the pressing force generating unit 12G are slidable against each other.
  • the base cover 65 has a generally plate-like shape.
  • the base cover 65 is a member that is installed on the base upper surface 62 so as to cover the base opening 62A.
  • the base cover 65 has a front cover portion 66 and a rear cover portion 67.
  • the width of the rear cover portion 67 in the left-right directions RD and LD is smaller than the width of the front cover portion 66 according to the shapes of the right link base support portion 63A and the left link base support portion 64A formed on the base 60.
  • the base cover 65 does not externally expose the internal structure of the base 60.
  • a cover opening 68 and a mechanism support portion 69 are provided on the upper surface of the front cover portion 66.
  • the cover opening 68 penetrates the front cover portion 66.
  • the mechanism support portion 69 has a pressing body support portion 69A, two side walls 69B, an outer tube fixing portion 69C, and an inner wire insertion portion 69D.
  • the pressing body support portion 69A is provided between the two side walls 69B.
  • the pressing body support portion 69A is a portion that supports the pressing support shaft 12B of the pressing portion 12. In other words, when the support base cover 65 is attached to the support base 60, the support base cover 65 rotatably supports the pressing portion 12.
  • the pressing body support part 69A When the pressing support shaft 12B is supported by the pressing body support part 69A, a part of the pressing part 12 is exposed to the space above the front cover part 66 through the cover opening 68.
  • the pressing body support part 69A and the two side walls 69B overlap. In other words, when viewed in the front-rear directions FD and BD, the two side walls 69B prevent the pressing body support part 69A from being exposed.
  • the outer tube fixing portion 69C is provided between the two side walls 69B.
  • the outer tube fixing portion 69C is a portion for fixing an end portion of the outer tube 11A shown in FIG. 4. This keeps the outer tube from moving from the base cover 65.
  • the inner wire insertion portion 69D is provided between the two side walls 69B.
  • the inner wire insertion portion 69D is a recess or hole through which the inner wire 11B passes.
  • the inner wire 11B is capable of moving relative to the outer tube 11A through the inner wire insertion portion 69D.
  • the support base cover 65 not only prevents the internal structure of the support base 60 from being exposed to the outside, but also constitutes part of the support mechanism for the wire structure 11 and the pressing portion 12 .
  • first shaft portion 71, the second shaft portion 72, the third shaft portion 73, the fourth shaft portion 74, and the rotation restriction pin 75 each extend in the left-right direction RD and LD.
  • Each of these shaft portions and pins is, for example, a shaft made of a known solid rod-shaped member.
  • a hole is formed in a portion that is rotatably connected to each of these four shaft portions.
  • a bearing may be disposed between each of the four shaft portions and the hole.
  • Each of the four shaft portions is, for example, made of a known metal rod. As long as it is made of a strength member having sufficient strength to support a seated person seated on the seat 1, the type of material forming each of the four shaft portions or the diameter of the metal rod is not particularly limited.
  • first shaft portion 71, the second shaft portion 72, the third shaft portion 73, the fourth shaft portion 74, and the rotation restriction pin 75 are each described as being solid rod-shaped members.
  • the above shaft portions and pins are not limited to being solid rod-shaped members.
  • hollow rod-shaped members may be used as the above shaft portions and pins.
  • the upper left plate portion 51L of the support connector 51, the first left plate portion 41C of the first seat receiving member 41, the second left plate portion 42C of the second seat receiving member 42, the second right plate portion 42B of the second seat receiving member 42, the first right plate portion 41B of the first seat receiving member 41, and the upper right plate portion 51D of the support connector 51 are arranged in order from the upper left plate portion 51L of the support connector 51 toward the right direction RD.
  • two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other.
  • a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
  • the first shaft portion 71 passes through the first right front hole 41G and the first left front hole 41I of the first seat receiving member 41, the second right front hole 42G and the second left front hole 42I of the second seat receiving member 42, and the upper right connector hole 51G and the upper left connector hole 51O of the support connector 51.
  • a C-ring for example, may be engaged with both ends of the first shaft portion 71 in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the six holes may be provided at one end of the first shaft portion 71, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the first shaft portion 71.
  • the structure for preventing the first shaft portion 71 from falling off is not particularly limited.
  • a structure using a rivet may be adopted. That is, one side of the first shaft portion 71 has a head portion, and the other side of the first shaft portion 71 has a straight portion.
  • the diameter of the head portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the first shaft portion 71 is inserted.
  • the straight portion is crimped to deform the straight portion.
  • a large diameter portion is formed on the side of the first shaft portion 71 opposite the head portion. The large diameter portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the first shaft portion 71 is inserted.
  • the first shaft portion 71 is a rod-shaped member that passes through the six holes described above.
  • the first shaft portion 71 does not necessarily have to be a rod-shaped member.
  • the first shaft portion 71 may be composed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first right front hole 41G of the first seat receiving member 41, the second right front hole 42G of the second seat receiving member 42, and the upper right connector hole 51G of the support connector 51.
  • the other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first left front hole 41I of the first seat receiving member 41, the second left front hole 42I of the second seat receiving member 42, and the upper left connector hole 51O of the support connector 51.
  • the first shaft portion 71 rotatably supports a seat receiving member 40 fixed to the seat 1 .
  • the first shaft portion 71 rotatably supports the support connector 51 independently of the seat receiving member 40.
  • the seat receiving member 40 and the support connector 51 are rotatable relative to each other around the first shaft portion 71.
  • the first shaft portion 71 moves in the front-rear directions FD and BD in conjunction with the movement of the seat 1 in the front-rear directions FD and BD.
  • ⁇ Support structure by second shaft portion 72> In the direction in which the second shaft portion 72 extends, the left support link 57, the first left plate portion 41C of the first seat support member 41, the second left plate portion 42C of the second seat support member 42, the second right plate portion 42B of the second seat support member 42, the first right plate portion 41B of the first seat support member 41, and the right support link 56 are lined up in order from the left support link 57 toward the right direction RD.
  • two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other.
  • a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
  • the second shaft portion 72 passes through the first right rear hole 41H and the first left rear hole 41J of the first seat receiving member 41, the second right rear hole 42H and the second left rear hole 42J of the second seat receiving member 42, the upper right link hole 56U of the right support link 56, and the upper left link hole 57U of the left support link 57.
  • a C-ring for example, may be engaged with both ends of the second shaft portion 72 in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the six holes may be provided at one end of the second shaft portion 72, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the second shaft portion 72.
  • a structure using a rivet may be adopted. That is, one side of the second shaft portion 72 has a head portion, and the other side of the second shaft portion 72 has a straight portion.
  • the diameter of the head portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the second shaft portion 72 is inserted.
  • the straight portion is crimped to deform the straight portion.
  • a large diameter portion is formed on the side of the second shaft portion 72 opposite the head portion. The large diameter portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the second shaft portion 72 is inserted.
  • the second shaft portion 72 is a single rod-shaped member that passes through the six holes described above.
  • the second shaft portion 72 does not necessarily have to be a single rod-shaped member.
  • the second shaft portion 72 may be composed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first right rear hole 41H of the first seat support member 41, the second right rear hole 42H of the second seat support member 42, and the upper right link hole 56U of the right support link 56.
  • the other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first left rear hole 41J of the first seat support member 41, the second left rear hole 42J of the second seat support member 42, and the upper left link hole 57U of the left support link 57.
  • the second shaft portion 72 rotatably supports a seat receiving member 40 fixed to the seat 1 .
  • the second shaft portion 72 rotatably supports the support link 55 independently of the seat receiving member 40.
  • the seat receiving member 40 and the support link 55 are rotatable relative to each other around the second shaft portion 72.
  • the second shaft portion 72 moves in the front-rear directions FD and BD in conjunction with the movement of the seat 1 in the front-rear directions FD and BD.
  • ⁇ Support structure by third shaft portion 73> In the direction in which the third axis portion 73 extends, the second support arm 20S, the left lower plate portion 51M of the support connector 51, the left side portion 64 of the base, the right side portion 63 of the base, the right lower plate portion 51E of the support connector 51, and the first support arm 20F are arranged in order from the second support arm 20S toward the right direction RD.
  • the above-mentioned members supported by the third shaft portion 73 two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other.
  • a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
  • the third shaft portion 73 is statically supported by the support base 60 .
  • the third shaft portion 73 passes through the first shaft support hole 26F of the first support arm 20F, the second shaft support hole 26S of the second support arm 20S, the lower right connector hole 51H and the lower left connector hole 51P of the support connector 51, and the front right support hole 63B and the front left support hole 64B of the support base 60.
  • the third shaft portion 73 is fastened to the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S using fastening members such as bolts (not shown).
  • the third shaft portion 73 is a single rod-shaped member that passes through the six holes described above.
  • the third shaft portion 73 does not necessarily have to be a single rod-shaped member.
  • the third shaft portion 73 may be composed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first shaft support hole 26F of the first support arm 20F, the lower right connector hole 51H of the support connector 51, and the right front support hole 63B of the support base 60.
  • the other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the second shaft support hole 26S of the second support arm 20S, the lower left connector hole 51P of the support connector 51, and the left front support hole 64B of the support base 60.
  • the third shaft portion 73 rotatably supports the support connector 51 and the horizontal arm 20B with respect to the support base 60. This allows the support connector 51 to tilt in the front-rear directions FD and BD around the third shaft portion 73 in conjunction with the rotation of the arm portion 20. Furthermore, the third shaft portion 73 is located lower than the first shaft portion 71 in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • ⁇ Support structure by fourth shaft portion 74> In the direction in which the fourth shaft portion 74 extends, the left support link 57, the left link base support portion 64A of the base 60, the right link base support portion 63A of the base 60, and the right support link 56 are lined up in order in the right direction RD from the left support link 57.
  • two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other.
  • a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 is statically supported by the support base 60 .
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 passes through the link right lower hole 56L of the right support link 56, the link left lower hole 57L of the left support link 57, and the support base right rear hole 63C and support base left rear hole 64C of the support base 60.
  • a C-ring may be engaged with both ends of the fourth shaft portion 74 in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the four holes may be provided at one end of the fourth shaft portion 74, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the fourth shaft portion 74.
  • the structure for preventing the fourth shaft portion 74 from falling off is not particularly limited.
  • a structure using a rivet may be adopted. That is, one side of the fourth shaft portion 74 has a head portion, and the other side of the fourth shaft portion 74 has a straight portion.
  • the diameter of the head portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the fourth shaft portion 74 is inserted.
  • the straight portion is crimped to deform the straight portion.
  • a large diameter portion is formed on the side of the fourth shaft portion 74 opposite the head portion. The large diameter portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the fourth shaft portion 74 is inserted.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 is a single rod-shaped member that passes through the four holes described above.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 does not necessarily have to be a single rod-shaped member.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 may be formed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the link right lower hole 56L of the right support link 56 and the base right rear hole 63C of the support base 60. The other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the link left lower hole 57L of the left support link 57 and the base left rear hole 64C of the support base 60.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 rotatably supports the right support link 56 and the left support link 57 with respect to the support base 60.
  • the support link 55 can rotate around the fourth shaft portion 74 so that the inclination between the direction in which the support link 55 extends and the up-down directions UD and DD varies.
  • the fourth shaft portion 74 is located rearward of the third shaft portion 73 in the front-to-rear directions FD and BD.
  • the rotation restriction pin 75 is statically supported by the support base 60. Specifically, the rotation restriction pin 75 penetrates the support base right central hole 63D and the support base left central hole 64D of the support base 60, the right long hole 51K of the connector right plate portion 51B, and the left long hole 51S of the connector left plate portion 51C.
  • a C-ring may be engaged with both ends of the rotation restriction pin 75 in the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the four holes may be provided at one end of the rotation restriction pin 75, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the rotation restriction pin 75.
  • the structure for preventing the rotation restriction pin 75 from falling off is not particularly limited. In the following description, the right long hole 51K and the left long hole 51S may be simply referred to as long holes 51Z.
  • the tilting range 80 of the back support portion 21 in the front-rear directions FD and BD is determined by the shape of the long hole 51Z in the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the position of the rotation restriction pin 75 relative to the long hole 51Z changes as the support connector 51 rotates.
  • the back support portion 21 is at the front limit position 81 in the tilting range 80.
  • the back support portion 21 is at the rear position in the tilting range 80. In this way, the tilting range 80 of the back support portion 21 is determined by the long hole 51Z.
  • Fig. 14A and Fig. 14B correspond to Fig. 6.
  • the extension direction 20E in which the first support arm 20F extends is inclined with respect to the front-rear directions FD and BD, but the extension direction 20E does not necessarily need to be inclined with respect to the front-rear directions FD and BD. If it is easy to connect the support connector 51 to the arm portion 20, the extension direction 20E may be parallel to the front-rear directions FD and BD, or parallel to the up-down directions UD and DD.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J moves in the diagonal opening groove 28A of the first support arm 20F toward the groove inclination direction 29A. Inside the diagonal opening groove 28A, the right arm engagement portion 51J moves inside the diagonal opening groove 28A while facing each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2. The right arm engagement portion 51J may also come into contact with each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2. In other words, each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2 guides the right arm engagement portion 51J, restricts the moving direction of the right arm engagement portion 51J, and moves the right arm engagement portion 51J in the groove inclination direction 29A. After that, the right arm engagement portion 51J reaches the end of the diagonal opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A, that is, the front-rear extending groove 28B of the first support arm 20F.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R moves in the diagonal opening groove 28A of the second support arm 20S toward the groove inclination direction 29A.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R moves inside the diagonal opening groove 28A while facing each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J may also come into contact with each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2.
  • each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2 guides the left arm engagement portion 51R, restricts the movement direction of the left arm engagement portion 51R, and moves the left arm engagement portion 51R in the groove inclination direction 29A.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R then reaches the end of the oblique opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A, i.e., the front-rear extending groove 28B of the second support arm 20S.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J moves in the longitudinal groove 28B of the first support arm 20F toward the groove extension direction 29B.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J moves inside the longitudinal groove 28B while facing each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J may come into contact with each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2.
  • each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 guides the right arm engagement portion 51J, restricts the moving direction of the right arm engagement portion 51J, and moves the right arm engagement portion 51J in the groove extension direction 29B.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J reaches the end of the longitudinal groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B, that is, the groove inner portion 28C of the first support arm 20F as shown in FIG. 6.
  • the right arm engagement portion 51J is in contact with the inner groove portion 28C of the first support arm 20F, the right arm engagement portion 51J and the first support arm 20F are positioned. In other words, the support connector 51 and the first support arm 20F are connected.
  • the first shaft support hole 26F and the third shaft portion 73 of the first support arm 20F are fixed. This allows the first support arm 20F to rotate around the third shaft portion 73.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R moves within the longitudinal extending groove 28B of the second support arm 20S toward the groove extension direction 29B.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R moves within the longitudinal extending groove 28B while facing each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R may come into contact with each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2.
  • each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 guides the left arm engagement portion 51R, restricts the movement direction of the left arm engagement portion 51R, and moves the left arm engagement portion 51R in the groove extension direction 29B.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R reaches the end of the front-rear extending groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B, that is, the groove inner portion 28C of the second support arm 20S as shown in FIG. 6.
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R contacts the groove inner portion 28C of the second support arm 20S
  • the left arm engagement portion 51R and the second support arm 20S are positioned.
  • the support connector 51 and the second support arm 20S are connected.
  • the second shaft support hole 26S of the second support arm 20S and the third shaft portion 73 are fixed. This allows the second support arm 20S to rotate around the third shaft portion 73.
  • the positional relationship between the arm portion 20 and the support connector 51 in the front-rear directions FD and BD and the up-down directions UD and DD is determined, the positional relationship between the elastic member support portion 24 integrated with the arm portion and the seat receiving member 40 supported by the support connector 51 in the front-rear directions FD and BD and the up-down directions UD and DD is determined.
  • the elastic member 23 is connected to the elastic member support portion 24 and the seat receiving member 40. At this time, it is desirable that the shape of the elastic member 23 is set so that an initial reaction force is generated in the elastic member 23.
  • the shape of the elastic member 23 is set so that the angle between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B, which are L-shaped in a side view, changes.
  • the elastic member 23 in a state where the assembly of the arm portion 20 and the support connector 51 is completed, the elastic member 23 can be attached to the arm portion 20.
  • deformation initial reaction force
  • the elastic member 23 can be desirably attached to the arm portion 20.
  • the above-described coupling method makes it possible to couple the arm unit 20 having the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S to the support connector 51.
  • the support connector 51 can be removed from the arm unit 20 by releasing the fixed state of the first shaft support hole 26F and the second shaft support hole 26S relative to the third shaft portion 73, removing the right arm engagement portion 51J from the first arm groove 27F, and removing the left arm engagement portion 51R from the second arm groove 27S. That is, in the above-described connection structure, the support connector 51 is detachable from the arm portion 20 .
  • the distance between the first shaft portion 71 and the third shaft portion 73 is defined as a first distance L1.
  • the distance between the second shaft portion 72 and the fourth shaft portion 74 in the direction from the second shaft portion 72 to the fourth shaft portion 74 is defined as a second distance L2.
  • the first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2.
  • the support link 55 having such a configuration is located rearward in the front-rear directions FD and BD from the first shaft portion 71 and the third shaft portion 73. In other words, the support link 55 is located between the first shaft portion 71 and the back support portion 21, or between the third shaft portion 73 and the back support portion 21.
  • the operation of the support structure 3 having the seat support shaft portion 50A, the back support shaft portion 50B, and the position conversion mechanism 50C will be specifically described.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 moves in the rearward direction BD in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the rearward direction BD, and the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed.
  • the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73 supported by the support base 60 in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the rearward direction BD.
  • the support connector 51 connected to the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73.
  • the support connector 51 supporting the first shaft portion 71 moves the first shaft portion 71 in the rearward direction BD.
  • the first shaft portion 71 moves the seat 1 in the rearward direction BD.
  • the second shaft portion 72 supporting the seat 1 also moves in the rearward direction BD.
  • the support link 55 supporting the second shaft portion 72 rotates around the fourth shaft portion 74 .
  • the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73 supported by the support base 60.
  • the support connector 51 connected to the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73.
  • the support connector 51 supporting the first shaft portion 71 moves the first shaft portion 71 in the forward direction FD.
  • the first shaft portion 71 moves the seat 1 in the forward direction FD.
  • the second shaft portion 72 supporting the seat 1 also moves in the forward direction FD.
  • the support link 55 supporting the second shaft portion 72 rotates around the fourth shaft portion 74.
  • the support connector 51 and support link 55 return the seat 1 and backrest 2 to the front limit position 81 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 23.
  • the backrest 2 is not directly supported by the seat 1, but a position conversion mechanism 50C is interposed between the backrest 2 and the seat 1.
  • a position conversion mechanism 50C is interposed between the backrest 2 and the seat 1.
  • the displacement amount of the seat 1 linked to the rotation of the backrest 2 can be appropriately set, even if the backrest 2 is moved significantly in the front-rear directions FD and BD, the movement amount of the seat 1 can be adjusted to be smaller than the movement amount of the backrest 2. Furthermore, the elastic deformation amount of the elastic member 23 can be sufficiently secured, and sufficient restoring force can be obtained. Another effect is that it is not necessary to extend the elastic member 23 significantly in the forward direction FD, and it is not necessary to extend the elastic member 23 toward the front of the support structure 3.
  • the chair 100 has a support structure 3 having a first axle portion 71, a second axle portion 72, a third axle portion 73, a fourth axle portion 74, a support connector 51, a support link 55, and a support base 60, which provides the above-mentioned effects.
  • the elastic member 23 has a bent portion 23C located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B. A difference can be created between the position of the vertical spring portion 23A and the position of the horizontal spring portion 23B in the up-down directions UD and DD. This makes it easier to attach the elastic member 23 to both the seat 1 and the backrest 2.
  • the elastic member 23 when the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed, elastic deformation occurs at the bent portion 23C located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B.
  • the elastic member 23 is deformed so that the angle between the direction from the bent portion 23C toward the vertical spring portion 23A and the direction from the bent portion 23C toward the horizontal spring portion 23B changes. This makes it easier to bend the elastic member 23 in conjunction with the displacement of the backrest 2. Therefore, the elastic member 23 can be bent smoothly, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
  • the vertical spring portion 23A is higher than the horizontal spring portion 23B in the up-down directions UD and DD. Therefore, when the bent portion 23C is bent in conjunction with the rearward and downward displacement of the backrest 2, the upper extending portion 23D is more likely to deform in the rearward direction BD than the forward extending portion 23E by the length of the upper extending portion 23D. Therefore, the elastic member 23 can be bent smoothly, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
  • At least one of the upper region 23F and the front region 23G is formed in a straight line, so that the linearly formed region is easily deformed by the length of the region. Therefore, the elastic member 23 can be smoothly bent, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
  • the chair 100 has a structure in which the elastic member 23 is connected to the seat support member 40.
  • the seat support member 40 is connected to the backrest 2 via the support structure 3.
  • the elastic member 23 and the seat support member 40 can first be connected to each other, and then the seat support member 40 can be housed in the seat body 4. This simplifies the assembly process.
  • Step 1 The locked state of the gas spring 32 is released by the rotation of the lever 10D by the seat occupant.
  • Step 2 The seat is lowered in the downward direction DD or raised in the upward direction UD.
  • Step 3 The seat is lowered in the downward direction DD or raised in the upward direction UD.
  • Step 1 First, in the initial state of the chair 100, the position of the seat 1 is fixed. Specifically, in the gas spring 32 constituting the chair 100, the unlocking protrusion 32D is not pressed. Therefore, the locking mechanism 32C fixes the position of the piston 32B in the up-down directions UD and DD, that is, the position of the seat 1 is fixed. In this state, step 1 is performed.
  • the occupant while seated in the chair 100, moves the lever 10D shown in FIG. 3 with his or her fingers in the rotation operation direction 85.
  • This causes the lever 10D to rotate around the lever support shaft 10A, and the wire support part 10C of the lever plate 10B to rotate in the rotation operation direction 85.
  • a moment based on the principle of leverage is generated, and a force greater than the force applied to the lever 10D by the occupant acts on the wire support part 10C.
  • This force acts on the first wire engagement end 11F connected to the wire support part 10C and the inner wire 11B connected to the first wire engagement end 11F, and the inner wire 11B moves in the pulling direction 86.
  • the second wire engagement end 11S connected to the inner wire 11B moves in the pulling direction 86.
  • the pressure engagement portion 12C engaged with the second wire engagement end 11S moves in the pulling direction 86.
  • the pressure generating portion 12G rotates in the rotational pressure direction 87 around the pressure support shaft 12B.
  • a moment based on the principle of the lever is generated, and a force greater than the tensile force applied to the inner wire 11B in the pulling direction 86 acts on the pressure generating portion 12G.
  • This force presses the unlocking protrusion 32D of the gas spring 32 in the downward direction DD.
  • the locked state of the gas spring 32 is released.
  • Step 2 When the unlocking protrusion 32D is pressed, the fixed state of the locking mechanism 32C is released. When the fixed state of the locking mechanism 32C is released, an upward force that moves the piston 32B in the upward direction UD is generated by the action of the compressed gas filled in the cylinder 32A of the gas spring 32. In this state, the seated person adjusts the height of the seat 1.
  • the seat occupant uses his/her body weight or the like to press the seat 1 downward in the downward direction DD. Specifically, by making the pressing force of the gas spring 32 larger than the lifting force of the gas spring 32, the seat 1 can be easily lowered. To raise the seat 1 in the upward direction UD, the seat occupant can easily lower the seat 1 by using the upward force of the gas spring 32 without exerting any force on the seat 1.
  • Step 3> The operator releases the rotation of the lever 10D in the rotation direction 85. This releases the pressure on the unlocking protrusion 32D.
  • the locking mechanism 32C fixes the piston 32B of the gas spring 32. This fixes the position of the seat 1.
  • the gas spring 32 can be operated using the wire structure 11.
  • conventional operation using a rod is no longer necessary.
  • the wire structure 11 can be freely arranged so as to avoid this essential component.
  • the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the lever 10D is increased with respect to the layout on the underside 4L of the seat.
  • the height of the seat was adjusted by lifting up the rod located under the bottom surface of the plate to release the locked state of the gas spring.
  • the direction in which the rod is lifted is different from the vertical direction in which the seat moves. This results in a problem of low operability.
  • the rotation direction 85 of the lever 10D is the horizontal direction.
  • the rods protrude in the left-right directions RD and LD from the support structure 3.
  • the design of the chair 100 is deteriorated.
  • the design of the chair 100 can be improved when viewed from the left-right directions RD and LD.
  • the rod is operated away from the bottom surface 4L of the seat plate. Therefore, when a seated person operates the rod, he or she must reach out his or her fingers into the space below the bottom surface 4L of the seat plate and feel around to confirm the position of the rod. This results in poor operability.
  • the seat sitter when operating lever 10D, the seat sitter confirms the position of lever 10D while placing his or her fingers on the shape of seat bottom surface 4L, and then operates lever 10D.
  • seat bottom surface 4L functions as a guide surface that guides the movement of the fingers, improving the operability of lever 10D.
  • the wire structure 11 is composed of an outer tube 11A, an inner wire 11B, a first wire engagement end 11F, and a second wire engagement end 11S.
  • This wire structure 11 is a single unit.
  • the wire structure 11 can be removed from the chair 100 simply by removing the operation unit cover 13, removing the first wire engagement end 11F from the wire support portion 10C, and removing the second wire engagement end 11S from the pressure engagement portion 12C. This allows the wire structure 11 to be easily replaced.
  • the operating mechanism 5 has a lever 10D that can rotate in the rotation operation direction 85. Therefore, the size of the operating mechanism 5 that rotates the lever 10D is large in the front-to-back directions FD, BD and the left-to-right directions RD, LD, but is thin in the up-down directions UD, DD. In other words, there is no need to increase the size of the operating mechanism 5 in the up-down directions UD, DD of the seat body 4, which is a plate-shaped member, and the thickness of the seat body 4 can be reduced.
  • the chair 100 is described as having no armrests. If the chair 100 has armrests, the armrests extend in the upward direction UD from both sides of the lower side of the seat 1. The elbows and arms of a seated person are placed on the armrests.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chairs Characterized By Structure (AREA)

Abstract

This chair comprises: a seat; a backrest; an elastic member; and a support structure. The elastic member is configured: to elastically deform in the vertical direction and a first direction due to rotation of the backrest; and to return the seat and the backrest to an initial position by imparting a restoring force arising from the elastic deformation to the seat and the backrest.

Description

椅子Chair
　本発明は、椅子に関する。 The present invention relates to a chair.
　従来から、事務用等として用いられる椅子として、背凭れの傾動に伴って座を後方に移動させる弾性部材を有する椅子が知られている（例えば、特許文献１）。
　特許文献１に開示された椅子においては、背凭れの傾動に伴って変形しかつ背凭れに復元力を作用させる板バネがシートキャリアに設けられている。板バネは、２つの軸により支持されている。 2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, as chairs used for office work or the like, chairs having an elastic member that moves the seat backward as the backrest tilts are known (for example, see Patent Document 1).
In the chair disclosed in Patent Document 1, a leaf spring that deforms in response to tilting of the backrest and exerts a restoring force on the backrest is provided on a seat carrier. The leaf spring is supported by two shafts.
欧州特許ＥＰ２８８８９７５Ｂ１European Patent EP2888975B1
　しかしながら、特許文献１に記載の椅子を構成する部位レイアウトにおいては、板バネが設置される部分が制限され、板バネの弾性変形量を十分に確保することが難しいという問題がある。 However, the layout of the components constituting the chair described in Patent Document 1 limits the locations where the leaf springs can be installed, making it difficult to ensure a sufficient amount of elastic deformation for the leaf springs.
　本発明は、上記問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、弾性部材の弾性変形量を十分に確保し、十分な復元力が得られる椅子を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention was made in consideration of the above problems, and aims to provide a chair that ensures a sufficient amount of elastic deformation of the elastic member and provides sufficient restoring force.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子は、上下方向における下面を有する座と、初期位置から前記座に対して傾動可能な背凭れと、前記背凭れに連結された第１端部と、前記上下方向に対して交差する第１方向において前記第１端部よりも前方に位置するとともに前記座の前記下面に連結された第２端部とを有する弾性部材と、前記座の前記下面及び前記背凭れを支持する支持構造体と、を備え、前記支持構造体は、前記第１方向に対して前記座が移動可能なように前記座を支持する座支持軸部と、前記上下方向及び前記第１方向に対して交差する第２方向に延び、前記背凭れを回動可能に支持する背支持軸部と、前記座支持軸部及び前記背支持軸部に対して回動可能に支持され、前記背凭れの回動に起因する前記背凭れの位置の変位を前記座の位置の変位に変換するように構成された位置変換機構と、を有し、前記弾性部材は、前記背凭れの前記回動によって前記上下方向及び前記第１方向に弾性変形するように構成され、前記弾性部材は、前記弾性変形に起因する復元力を前記座及び前記背凭れに与え、前記座及び前記背凭れを前記初期位置に戻すように構成されている。 A chair according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a seat having an underside in a vertical direction, a backrest capable of tilting relative to the seat from an initial position, an elastic member having a first end connected to the backrest and a second end located forward of the first end in a first direction intersecting with the vertical direction and connected to the underside of the seat, and a support structure supporting the underside and the backrest of the seat, the support structure comprising a seat support shaft portion supporting the seat so that the seat can move in the first direction, and a seat support member intersecting with the vertical direction and the first direction. The seat has a back support shaft that extends in a second direction and rotatably supports the backrest, and a position conversion mechanism that is rotatably supported on the seat support shaft and the back support shaft and is configured to convert the displacement of the position of the backrest caused by the rotation of the backrest into the displacement of the position of the seat, and the elastic member is configured to elastically deform in the vertical direction and the first direction due to the rotation of the backrest, and the elastic member is configured to apply a restoring force caused by the elastic deformation to the seat and the backrest, returning the seat and the backrest to their initial positions.
　上述の態様に係る椅子においては、着座者が座に着座した状態で、第１方向における後方に向けて着座者が背中で背凭れを後方に押すと、後方への背凭れの移動に連動して弾性部材の第１端部は後方に移動し、弾性部材が弾性変形する。この際、後方への背凭れの移動に連動して、背支持軸部に対して背凭れが回動する。背凭れに設けられている位置変換機構は、前記背凭れの回動に起因する前記背凭れの位置の変位を前記座の位置の変位に変換する。位置変換機構に支持された座支持軸部は、後方に向けて座を移動させる。座に連結されている弾性部材の第２端部も同様に後方に向けて移動する。 In the chair according to the above aspect, when a seated person presses the backrest backward in the first direction with their back while seated on the seat, the first end of the elastic member moves backward in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest, and the elastic member is elastically deformed. At this time, the backrest rotates relative to the back support shaft in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest. A position conversion mechanism provided on the backrest converts the displacement of the position of the backrest caused by the rotation of the backrest into a displacement of the position of the seat. The seat support shaft supported by the position conversion mechanism moves the seat backward. The second end of the elastic member connected to the seat also moves backward in the same manner.
　これに対し、第１方向における前方に向けて着座者が体を起こすと、着座者の背中が背凭れから離れる。この際、弾性変形した弾性部材の復元力の作用により、弾性部材の第１端部は前方に移動する。この際、前方への背凭れの移動に連動して、背支持軸部に対して背凭れが回動する。背凭れに設けられている位置変換機構は、前記背凭れの回動に起因する前記背凭れの位置の変位を前記座の位置の変位に変換する。位置変換機構に支持された座支持軸部は、前方に向けて座を移動させる。座に連結されている弾性部材の第２端部も同様に前方に向けて移動する。 In contrast, when the seated occupant sits up forward in the first direction, the occupant's back moves away from the backrest. At this time, the first end of the elastic member moves forward due to the action of the restoring force of the elastically deformed elastic member. At this time, the backrest rotates relative to the back support shaft in conjunction with the forward movement of the backrest. A position conversion mechanism provided on the backrest converts the displacement of the position of the backrest caused by the rotation of the backrest into a displacement of the position of the seat. The seat support shaft supported by the position conversion mechanism moves the seat forward. The second end of the elastic member connected to the seat also moves forward in the same manner.
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、背凭れが座に直接的に支持されておらず、背凭れと座との間には位置変換機構が介在されている。このように位置変換機構を背凭れと座との間に介在させることにより、背凭れの回動に連動した座の変位量を適宜設定することができる。例えば、背凭れの変位量に対して座の変位量を小さくすることができるので、弾性部材を上下方向に大きく弾性変形させることができる。
　また、背凭れの回動に連動した座の変位量を適宜設定することができるので、背凭れを第１方向に大きく移動させても、背凭れの移動量よりも座の移動量が小さくなるように調整することができる。さらに、弾性部材の弾性変形量を十分に確保することができ、十分な復元力が得ることができる。また、第１方向における前方に向けて弾性部材を大きく延ばす必要がなく、支持構造体の前方に向けて弾性部材を延ばす必要がないという効果も得られる。 According to the chair of the above-mentioned aspect, the backrest is not directly supported by the seat, but a position conversion mechanism is interposed between the backrest and the seat. By interposing the position conversion mechanism between the backrest and the seat in this way, the displacement amount of the seat linked to the rotation of the backrest can be appropriately set. For example, the displacement amount of the seat can be made smaller than the displacement amount of the backrest, so that the elastic member can be elastically deformed largely in the vertical direction.
In addition, since the displacement of the seat linked to the rotation of the backrest can be appropriately set, even if the backrest is moved significantly in the first direction, the movement of the seat can be adjusted to be smaller than the movement of the backrest. Furthermore, the elastic deformation of the elastic member can be sufficiently ensured, and sufficient restoring force can be obtained. In addition, there is an effect that it is not necessary to extend the elastic member significantly forward in the first direction, and it is not necessary to extend the elastic member forward of the support structure.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子においては、前記座支持軸部は、前記第２方向に延びるとともに前記座を回動可能に支持する第１軸部と、前記第２方向に延びるとともに前記座を回動可能に支持する第２軸部と、を有し、前記背支持軸部は、前記上下方向において前記第１軸部よりも下方に位置し、前記第２方向に延び、かつ、前記背凭れを回動可能に支持する第３軸部と、を有し、前記位置変換機構は、前記上下方向において前記第２軸部よりも下方に位置し、前記第２方向に延びる第４軸部と、前記第１軸部に回動可能に支持され、前記第３軸部に回動可能に支持され、かつ、背凭れに連結された支持コネクタと、前記第２軸部に回動可能に支持され、かつ、前記第４軸部に回動可能に支持された支持リンクと、を有し、前記支持構造体は、前記第３軸部及び前記第４軸部を支持する支基を有し、前記支持コネクタ及び前記支持リンクは、前記弾性部材の復元力により、前記座及び前記背凭れを前記初期位置に戻すように構成されてもよい。 In a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention, the seat support shaft portion has a first shaft portion that extends in the second direction and rotatably supports the seat, and a second shaft portion that extends in the second direction and rotatably supports the seat, the back support shaft portion is located lower than the first shaft portion in the vertical direction, extends in the second direction, and has a third shaft portion that rotatably supports the backrest, and the position conversion mechanism is located lower than the second shaft portion in the vertical direction and supports the backrest in the second direction. The seat has a fourth shaft extending in the seat back direction, a support connector rotatably supported on the first shaft, rotatably supported on the third shaft and connected to the backrest, and a support link rotatably supported on the second shaft and rotatably supported on the fourth shaft, and the support structure has a support base that supports the third shaft and the fourth shaft, and the support connector and the support link may be configured to return the seat and the backrest to the initial position by the restoring force of the elastic member.
　このような座支持軸部、背支持軸部、及び位置変換機構を有する支持構造体においては、第１軸部の回りにおいて、支持コネクタと座とが相対的に回動可能である。言い換えると、第１軸部の回りにおいて、背凭れを支持する支持コネクタと座とが相対的に回動可能である。第２軸部の回りにおいて、座と支持リンクとが相対的に回動可能である。第３軸部の回りにおいて、支持コネクタと支基とが相対的に回動可能である。言い換えると、第３軸部の回りにおいて、背凭れを支持する支持コネクタと支基とが相対的に回動可能である。背凭れ及び支持コネクタが相対的に回動可能である。第４軸部の回りにおいて、支基と支持リンクとが相対的に回動可能である。 In a support structure having such a seat support shaft, back support shaft, and position conversion mechanism, the support connector and the seat can rotate relatively around the first shaft. In other words, the support connector supporting the backrest and the seat can rotate relatively around the first shaft. The seat and the support link can rotate relatively around the second shaft. The support connector and the support base can rotate relatively around the third shaft. In other words, the support connector supporting the backrest and the support base can rotate relatively around the third shaft. The backrest and the support connector can rotate relatively. The support base and the support link can rotate relatively around the fourth shaft.
　上述の態様に係る椅子においては、着座者が座に着座した状態で、着座者が座に着座した状態で、第１方向における後方に向けて着座者が背中で背凭れを後方に押すと、後方への背凭れの移動に連動して弾性部材の第１端部は後方に移動し、弾性部材が弾性変形する。この際、後方への背凭れの移動に連動して、支基に支持された第３軸部の回りに背凭れが回動する。背凭れに連結している支持コネクタは、第３軸部の回りに回動する。第１軸部を支持する支持コネクタは、第１軸部を後方に移動させる。第１軸部は、座を後方に移動させる。座を後方に移動に伴い、座を支持する第２軸部も後方に移動する。第２軸部を支持する支持リンクは、第４軸部の回りに回動する。 In the chair according to the above aspect, when the seated person, while seated on the seat, pushes the backrest backward with his/her back in the first direction, the first end of the elastic member moves backward in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest, and the elastic member is elastically deformed. At this time, the backrest rotates around the third axle supported by the support base in conjunction with the backward movement of the backrest. The support connector connected to the backrest rotates around the third axle. The support connector supporting the first axle moves the first axle backward. The first axle moves the seat backward. As the seat moves backward, the second axle supporting the seat also moves backward. The support link supporting the second axle rotates around the fourth axle.
　これに対し、第１方向における前方に向けて着座者が体を起こすと、着座者の背中が背凭れから離れる。この際、弾性変形した弾性部材の復元力の作用により、弾性部材の第１端部は前方に移動する。この際、前方への背凭れの移動に連動して、支基に支持された第３軸部の回りに背凭れが回動する。背凭れに連結している支持コネクタは、第３軸部の回りに回動する。第１軸部を支持する支持コネクタは、第１軸部を前方に移動させる。第１軸部は、座を前方に移動させる。座を前方に移動に伴い、座を支持する第２軸部も前方に移動する。第２軸部を支持する支持リンクは、第４軸部の回りに回動する。これにより、支持コネクタ及び支持リンクは、弾性部材の復元力により、座及び背凭れを初期位置に戻す。 In contrast, when the seated occupant sits up forward in the first direction, the occupant's back moves away from the backrest. At this time, the first end of the elastic member moves forward due to the action of the restoring force of the elastically deformed elastic member. At this time, the backrest rotates around the third axis supported by the support base in conjunction with the forward movement of the backrest. The support connector connected to the backrest rotates around the third axis. The support connector supporting the first axis moves the first axis forward. The first axis moves the seat forward. As the seat moves forward, the second axis supporting the seat also moves forward. The support link supporting the second axis rotates around the fourth axis. As a result, the support connector and support link return the seat and backrest to their initial positions due to the restoring force of the elastic member.
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、第１軸部、第２軸部、第３軸部、第４軸部、支持コネクタ、支持リンク、及び支基を有する支持構造体によって、上述した効果を得ることができる。 The chair according to the above aspect can achieve the above-mentioned effects by using a support structure having a first axle, a second axle, a third axle, a fourth axle, a support connector, a support link, and a support base.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子においては、前記弾性部材は、前記第１端部と前記第２端部の間に位置する屈曲部を有してもよい。
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、上下方向における第１端部の位置と第２端部の位置との間に差を生じさせることができる。このため、弾性部材を座と背凭れとの双方に取り付け易くなる。 In the chair according to one aspect of the present invention, the elastic member may have a bent portion located between the first end and the second end.
According to the chair of the above aspect, a difference can be generated between the position of the first end and the position of the second end in the vertical direction, which makes it easier to attach the elastic member to both the seat and the backrest.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子においては、前記弾性部材の前記第１端部は、前記上下方向における前記弾性部材の上端に位置し、前記弾性部材の前記第２端部は、前記第１方向における前記弾性部材の前端に位置し、前記弾性部材は、前記第１端部と前記第２端部の間に位置する屈曲部を有してもよい。 In a chair according to one aspect of the present invention, the first end of the elastic member may be located at the upper end of the elastic member in the up-down direction, the second end of the elastic member may be located at the front end of the elastic member in the first direction, and the elastic member may have a bent portion located between the first end and the second end.
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、前記弾性部材が弾性変形した際に、第１端部と第２端部の間に位置する屈曲部において弾性変形が生じる。言い換えると、屈曲部から第１端部に向かう方向と屈曲部から第２端部に向かう方向との間の角度が変化するように、弾性部材が変形する。これにより、背凭れの変位に連動して、弾性部材を撓曲させ易くなる。したがって、弾性部材をスムーズに撓曲させ、安定的に復元力を得ることができる。 In the chair according to the above-mentioned aspect, when the elastic member is elastically deformed, elastic deformation occurs at the bent portion located between the first end and the second end. In other words, the elastic member is deformed so that the angle between the direction from the bent portion toward the first end and the direction from the bent portion toward the second end changes. This makes it easier to bend the elastic member in conjunction with the displacement of the backrest. Therefore, the elastic member can be bent smoothly, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子においては、前記第２方向に見て、前記屈曲部は、前記第１端部に繋がる上方延在部と、前記第２端部に繋がる前方延在部とを有し、前記上方延在部及び前記前方延在部は、Ｌ字形状を形成するように繋がってもよい。 In a chair according to one aspect of the present invention, when viewed in the second direction, the bent portion has an upward extension portion connected to the first end portion and a forward extension portion connected to the second end portion, and the upward extension portion and the forward extension portion may be connected to form an L-shape.
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、上下方向において前記第１端部は、第２端部よりも上方である。このため、背凭れの後下方への変位に伴って屈曲部が屈曲すると、上方延在部の長さ分だけ、前方延在部よりも上方延在部が後方に変形し易くなる。したがって、弾性部材をスムーズに撓曲させ、安定的に復元力を得ることができる。 In the chair according to the above-mentioned embodiment, the first end is higher than the second end in the vertical direction. Therefore, when the bending portion is bent in conjunction with rearward and downward displacement of the backrest, the upper extension portion is more likely to deform rearward than the forward extension portion by the length of the upper extension portion. Therefore, the elastic member can be smoothly bent, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子においては、前記弾性部材は、前記第１端部と前記上方延在部との間に位置するとともに前記上下方向に延びる上方領域部と、前記第２端部と前記前方延在部との間に位置するとともに前記第１方向に延びる前方領域部と、を有し、前記上方領域部及び前記前方領域部の少なくとも一方は、直線状に形成されてもよい。 In a chair according to one aspect of the present invention, the elastic member has an upper region located between the first end and the upward extension and extending in the up-down direction, and a front region located between the second end and the forward extension and extending in the first direction, and at least one of the upper region and the forward region may be formed in a straight line.
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、上方領域部及び前方領域部の少なくとも一方が直線状に形成されているので、直線状に形成された領域部について、領域部の長さ分だけ変形し易くなる。したがって、弾性部材をスムーズに撓曲させ、安定的に復元力を得ることができる。 In the chair according to the above aspect, at least one of the upper region and the front region is formed in a straight line, so that the linearly formed region is easily deformed by the length of the region. Therefore, the elastic member can be smoothly bent, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
　本発明の一態様に係る椅子においては、前記座は、前記下面を有する座本体と、前記座本体とは別体である座受部材と、を有し、前記座受部材は、前記座本体、前記第１軸部、及び前記第２軸部を支持するとともに、前記弾性部材の前記第２端部に連結されてもよい。 In one aspect of the chair of the present invention, the seat has a seat body having the underside and a seat support member that is separate from the seat body, and the seat support member supports the seat body, the first shaft portion, and the second shaft portion, and may be connected to the second end portion of the elastic member.
　上述の態様に係る椅子によれば、弾性部材が座受部材に連結された構造が得られる。座受部材は、支持構造体を介して背凭れに連結されている。椅子を構成する部品をアセンブリする作業において、弾性部材及び座受部材を先に相互に連結し、その後、座受部材を座本体に収容するという作業を行うことができる。これにより、アセンブリ作業を簡易に行うことができる。 The chair according to the above embodiment has a structure in which the elastic member is connected to the seat support member. The seat support member is connected to the backrest via a support structure. When assembling the parts that make up the chair, the elastic member and the seat support member can be first connected to each other, and then the seat support member can be placed in the seat body. This simplifies the assembly process.
　本発明の態様に係る椅子によれば、弾性部材の弾性変形量を十分に確保し、十分な復元力が得ることができる。 The chair according to this aspect of the present invention ensures a sufficient amount of elastic deformation of the elastic member, and provides sufficient restoring force.
本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子を斜め前方から見た斜視図である。1 is a perspective view of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, seen obliquely from the front. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の一部を示す分解斜視図であり、座を構成する部品と、支持構造体の一部を示す図である。FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of a portion of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the components that make up the seat and a portion of the support structure. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の座を構成する操作機構の一部を示す斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a part of an operating mechanism that constitutes the seat of the chair according to one embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の支持構造体の一部を構成する支基の内部に配置された操作機構の一部を示す斜視図であって、支基カバーが取り外された状態を示す図である。FIG. 2 is an oblique view showing a portion of an operating mechanism arranged inside a base that constitutes part of a support structure of a chair in one embodiment of the present invention, showing the state in which the base cover has been removed. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の一部を示す分解斜視図であり、背凭れ及び支持構造体の各々を構成する部品を示す図である。FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a portion of a chair according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the components that make up the backrest and the support structure. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子を構成する弾性部材示す斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing an elastic member constituting the chair according to one embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の背凭れを構成するアーム部の要部を拡大して示す側面図である。2 is an enlarged side view showing a main part of an arm portion that constitutes the backrest of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の支持構造体を構成する第１座受部材を示す斜視図である。1 is a perspective view showing a first seat support member that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の支持構造体を構成する第２座受部材を示す斜視図である。1 is a perspective view showing a second seat support member that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の支持構造体を構成する支持コネクタを示す斜視図である。1 is a perspective view showing a support connector that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention; 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の支持構造体を構成する支基を示す斜視図である。1 is a perspective view showing a support base that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention; 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の支持構造体を構成する支基カバーを示す斜視図である。1 is a perspective view showing a support base cover that constitutes a support structure of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention; 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子を構成する座、背凭れ、及び支持構造体が組み合わせられた構造を部分的に示す側面図であって、背凭れが前限位置に配置された状態を示す図である。FIG. 2 is a partial side view of the combined seat, backrest, and support structure that make up a chair in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, showing the backrest in its forwardmost position; 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子を構成する座、背凭れ、及び支持構造体が組み合わせられた構造を部分的に示す側面図であって、背凭れが後限位置に配置された状態を示す図である。FIG. 2 is a partial side view of the combined seat, backrest, and support structure that make up a chair in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, showing the backrest in its rearmost position; 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の背凭れを構成するアーム部と、支持構造体を構成する支持コネクタとを結合する方法を説明する側面図である。1 is a side view illustrating a method of connecting an arm portion constituting the backrest of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention to a support connector constituting a support structure. FIG. 本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子の背凭れを構成するアーム部と、支持構造体を構成する支持コネクタとを結合する方法を説明する側面図である。1 is a side view illustrating a method of connecting an arm portion constituting the backrest of a chair according to one embodiment of the present invention to a support connector constituting a support structure. FIG.
　本発明の一実施形態に係る椅子について図面を参照して説明する。
　以下の説明では、同一又は類似の機能を有する構成に同一の符号を付す。そして、それら構成の重複する説明は省略する場合がある。図面は模式的又は概念的なものであり、各部分の厚みと幅との関係、部分間の大きさの比率等は、必ずしも現実のものと同一とは限らない。 A chair according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are used for components having the same or similar functions. The repeated description of those components may be omitted. The drawings are schematic or conceptual, and the relationship between the thickness and width of each part, the size ratio between parts, etc. are not necessarily the same as the actual ones.
　以下の説明において、説明の便宜上、座１に正規姿勢で着座した着座者が前を向く方向を「前方」と称し、その反対方向を「後方」と称する。また、以下の説明における上下、左右の向きは、着座者が座１に正規姿勢で着座したときの着座者を中心とした向きと合致す。なお、図面には、前方向を指す矢印ＦＤと、後方向を指す矢印ＢＤと、上方を指す矢印ＵＤと、下方を指す矢印ＤＤと、右方向を指す矢印ＲＤと、左方向を指す矢印ＬＤとが記されている。 For the sake of convenience in the following explanation, the direction in which an occupant sitting in the correct position on seat 1 faces forward will be referred to as "forward," and the opposite direction will be referred to as "rear." Furthermore, the directions of up, down, left, and right in the following explanation correspond to the directions centered on the occupant when sitting in the correct position on seat 1. The drawings also show an arrow FD pointing forward, an arrow BD pointing backward, an arrow UD pointing upward, an arrow DD pointing downward, an arrow RD pointing to the right, and an arrow LD pointing to the left.
　上方向ＵＤ及び下方向ＤＤは、上下方向（重力方向）に一致する。
　下方向ＤＤを単に「平面視」と称してもよい。上方向ＵＤ及び下方向ＤＤを上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤと称してもよい。 The upward direction UD and the downward direction DD coincide with the up-down direction (the direction of gravity).
The downward direction DD may simply be referred to as a “planar view.” The upward direction UD and the downward direction DD may also be referred to as up-down directions UD and DD.
　前方向ＦＤ及び後方向ＢＤの各々は、上下方向に対して交差する第１方向に相当する。前方向ＦＤ及び後方向ＢＤの各々は、水平面に対して平行な方向であってもよいし、水平面に対して傾斜した傾斜方向であってもよい。前方向ＦＤ及び後方向ＢＤを前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤと称してもよい。ここで、「水平面」とは、上下方向に対して直交する面である。 Each of the forward direction FD and the rearward direction BD corresponds to a first direction that intersects with the up-down direction. Each of the forward direction FD and the rearward direction BD may be a direction parallel to a horizontal plane, or may be an inclined direction inclined with respect to the horizontal plane. The forward direction FD and the rearward direction BD may be referred to as the fore-and-aft directions FD and BD. Here, the "horizontal plane" is a plane that is perpendicular to the up-down direction.
　右方向ＲＤ及び左方向ＬＤの各々は、上下方向及び第１方向に対して交差する第２方向に相当する。すなわち、右方向ＲＤ及び左方向ＬＤは、上下方向及び前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して交差する方向である。右方向ＲＤ又は左方向ＬＤを単に「側面視」と称してもよい。右方向ＲＤ及び左方向ＬＤを左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤと称してもよい。
　また、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに平行な面を「水平方向」又は「水平面」と称する場合がある。 Each of the right direction RD and the left direction LD corresponds to a second direction intersecting with the up-down direction and the first direction. That is, the right direction RD and the left direction LD are directions intersecting with the up-down direction and the front-rear direction FD, BD. The right direction RD or the left direction LD may simply be referred to as a "side view." The right direction RD and the left direction LD may also be referred to as the left-right direction RD, LD.
Furthermore, a plane parallel to the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD may be referred to as the "horizontal direction" or "horizontal plane."
　椅子の説明において、「変位」は、上下方向、前後方向、及び左右方向における位置の変化、２つの部材の間の距離の変化、左右方向に見た場合において椅子を構成する部材の経時的な動きを示す軌跡の変化、左右方向に平行な軸部の回りの回転方向における角度の変化を意味する。また、「移動量」、「変位量」、「回転量」、「回動量」は、上記「変位」の「量」を意味する。 In describing a chair, "displacement" means change in position in the up-down, front-back, and left-right directions, change in the distance between two components, change in the trajectory that shows the movement over time of the components that make up the chair when viewed left-right, and change in angle in the rotational direction around an axis that is parallel to the left-right direction. Additionally, "amount of movement," "amount of displacement," "amount of rotation," and "amount of rotation" mean the "amount" of the above-mentioned "displacement."
＜椅子１００＞
　図１に示すように、本実施形態に係る椅子１００は、座１と、背凭れ２と、支持構造体３とを有する。椅子１００は、床面ＦＳに椅子１００が置かれた状態で、かつ、着座者が座１に着座した状態で使用される。
　背凭れ２は、支持構造体３を介して、連動可能なように座１に連結されている。言い換えると、椅子１００の構造においては、背凭れ２は、座１に直接的に支持されていない。 <Chair 100>
1, a chair 100 according to this embodiment has a seat 1, a backrest 2, and a support structure 3. The chair 100 is used in a state where the chair 100 is placed on a floor surface FS and a person is seated on the seat 1.
The backrest 2 is interlockingly connected to the seat 1 via the support structure 3. In other words, in the structure of the chair 100, the backrest 2 is not directly supported by the seat 1.
　背凭れ２は、符号８０で示された傾動範囲８０において後方向ＢＤに向けて移動可能又は傾動可能である。傾動範囲８０は、前限位置８１と後限位置８２との間の範囲である。
　前限位置８１は、着座者が背凭れ２を後方向ＢＤに押していない状態にある位置である。すなわち、前限位置８１は、背凭れ２の初期位置である。後限位置８２は、着座者が背凭れ２を後方向ＢＤに押した状態において、後方向ＢＤに向けて最も移動した背凭れ２の位置である。 The backrest 2 is movable or tiltable in the rear direction BD within a tilt range 80 indicated by the reference numeral 80. The tilt range 80 is a range between a front limit position 81 and a rear limit position 82.
The front limit position 81 is a position in a state where the seated person is not pushing the backrest 2 in the rear direction BD. In other words, the front limit position 81 is the initial position of the backrest 2. The rear limit position 82 is a position where the backrest 2 has moved furthest in the rear direction BD when the seated person is pushing the backrest 2 in the rear direction BD.
＜座１＞
　図１、図２、及び図３に示すように、座１は、座本体４と、座受部材４０と、操作機構５とを有する。 <Seat 1>
As shown in FIGS. 1, 2 and 3 , the seat 1 has a seat body 4 , a seat receiving member 40 , and an operating mechanism 5 .
＜座本体４＞
　座本体４は、着座者の臀部及び大腿部を弾性的に支持する板状の部材である。
　座本体４は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ又は前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに傾斜する方向に平行であり、かつ、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに平行である板である。座本体４は、下方向ＤＤに向く座板下面４Ｌと、上方向ＵＤに向く座板上面４Ｕとを有する。座板下面４Ｌは、床面ＦＳに対向する。座板下面４Ｌは、「下面」の一例である。座板上面４Ｕは、着座者の臀部及び大腿部の形状に応じた３次元形状を有する曲面である。座板上面４Ｕは、張材４Ｍによって覆われている。座本体４を構成する材料としては、公知の樹脂材料や金属材料が用いられる。張材４Ｍの材料は、例えば、メッシュ等の布である。 <Seat body 4>
The seat body 4 is a plate-like member that elastically supports the buttocks and thighs of a seated person.
The seat body 4 is a plate that is parallel to the front-rear direction FD, BD or the direction inclining in the front-rear direction FD, BD, and is parallel to the left-right direction RD, LD. The seat body 4 has a seat bottom surface 4L facing the downward direction DD and a seat top surface 4U facing the upward direction UD. The seat bottom surface 4L faces the floor surface FS. The seat bottom surface 4L is an example of a "bottom surface". The seat top surface 4U is a curved surface having a three-dimensional shape according to the shape of the buttocks and thighs of the seated person. The seat top surface 4U is covered with a covering material 4M. The seat body 4 is made of a material known in the art, such as a resin material or a metal material. The covering material 4M is, for example, a cloth such as a mesh.
　座板下面４Ｌには、支持機構収容部６と操作機構収容部７とが形成されている。
　支持機構収容部６及び操作機構収容部７の各々は、「凹部」の一例である。支持機構収容部６及び操作機構収容部７の各々を区別するため、支持機構収容部６を「第１凹部」と称し、かつ、操作機構収容部７を「第２凹部」と称してもよい。 A support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and an operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 are formed on the seat panel lower surface 4L.
Each of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 is an example of a “recess.” In order to distinguish between the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7, the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 may be referred to as a “first recess” and the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 may be referred to as a “second recess.”
＜支持機構収容部６＞
　支持機構収容部６は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて座本体４の略中央に形成されている。
　支持機構収容部６は、支持機構収容部６の内部に形成された支持凹部面６Ａを有する。支持凹部面６Ａには、４つの座受締結穴６Ｂが形成されている。４つの座受締結穴６Ｂの各々は、例えば、ネジ穴である。 <Support mechanism housing 6>
The support mechanism accommodating portion 6 is formed approximately in the center of the seat body 4 in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD.
The support mechanism housing 6 has a support recess surface 6A formed inside the support mechanism housing 6. Four seat fastening holes 6B are formed in the support recess surface 6A. Each of the four seat fastening holes 6B is, for example, a screw hole.
　座板下面４Ｌから上方向ＵＤに向かう支持機構収容部６の深さに関し、支持機構収容部６は、上方向ＵＤにおいて支持機構収容部６の縁部６Ｃから支持凹部面６Ａまでの深さ６Ｄを有する。支持機構収容部６の深さ６Ｄは、座本体４、及び後述する座受部材４０の設計に応じて適宜設定可能である。 Regarding the depth of the support mechanism accommodating section 6 from the underside 4L of the seat plate toward the upward direction UD, the support mechanism accommodating section 6 has a depth 6D from the edge 6C of the support mechanism accommodating section 6 to the support recess surface 6A in the upward direction UD. The depth 6D of the support mechanism accommodating section 6 can be set appropriately depending on the design of the seat body 4 and the seat receiving member 40 described below.
＜操作機構収容部７＞
　操作機構収容部７は、レバー収容部７Ａと、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂとを有する。
　本実施形態において、レバー収容部７Ａは、前方向ＦＤにおいて支持機構収容部６よりも前方の位置、かつ、右方向ＲＤにおいて支持機構収容部６よりも右方の位置に形成されている。レバー収容部７Ａの位置は、図２に示す位置に限定されない。レバー収容部７Ａは、レバー収容部７Ａの内部に形成されたレバー凹部面７Ｃを有する。レバー凹部面７Ｃには、軸固定穴７Ｄが形成されている。軸固定穴７Ｄは、例えば、ネジ穴である。 <Operation mechanism housing 7>
The operation mechanism housing 7 has a lever housing 7A and a wire housing 7B.
In this embodiment, the lever accommodating portion 7A is formed in a position forward of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 in the forward direction FD and to the right of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 in the right direction RD. The position of the lever accommodating portion 7A is not limited to the position shown in Fig. 2. The lever accommodating portion 7A has a lever recessed surface 7C formed inside the lever accommodating portion 7A. A shaft fixing hole 7D is formed in the lever recessed surface 7C. The shaft fixing hole 7D is, for example, a screw hole.
　ワイヤ収容部７Ｂは、座板下面４Ｌに形成された、例えば、溝である。座板下面４Ｌから上方向ＵＤに向かう操作機構収容部７の深さは、操作機構５を構成する複数の部材の各々の大きさに応じて適宜設定される。ワイヤ収容部７Ｂが延びる方向において、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂは、部分的に形成された湾曲部と、直線部とを有する。 The wire accommodating portion 7B is, for example, a groove formed in the underside of the seat plate 4L. The depth of the operating mechanism accommodating portion 7 from the underside of the seat plate 4L toward the upward direction UD is set appropriately according to the size of each of the multiple members that make up the operating mechanism 5. In the direction in which the wire accommodating portion 7B extends, the wire accommodating portion 7B has a partially formed curved portion and a straight portion.
　図２に示す例では、上方向ＵＤに見て、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂは、略Ｕ字形状に形成されている。ワイヤ収容部７Ｂの形状は、レバー収容部７Ａの位置を考慮した椅子１００の設計に応じて設定される。例えば、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおけるレバー収容部７Ａの位置、すなわち、水平方向におけるレバー収容部７Ａの位置に応じて、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂの形状は、Ｉ字形状であってもよいし、逆Ｌ字形状であってもよい。ワイヤ収容部７Ｂの形状がＩ字形状である場合、例えば、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて支持構造体３に並ぶように間隔をあけて操作機構５を座板下面４Ｌに設けることができる。 In the example shown in FIG. 2, the wire accommodating portion 7B is formed in a substantially U-shape when viewed in the upward direction UD. The shape of the wire accommodating portion 7B is set according to the design of the chair 100, taking into consideration the position of the lever accommodating portion 7A. For example, depending on the position of the lever accommodating portion 7A in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD, i.e., the position of the lever accommodating portion 7A in the horizontal direction, the shape of the wire accommodating portion 7B may be an I-shape or an inverted L-shape. When the wire accommodating portion 7B is I-shaped, for example, the operating mechanism 5 can be provided on the underside of the seat 4L at a distance so as to be aligned with the support structure 3 in the left-right directions RD, LD.
＜座受部材４０＞
　座受部材４０は、座１の一部を構成する。座受部材４０は、座本体４とは別体である。言い換えると、座受部材４０は、座本体４から取り外しが可能である。
　座受部材４０の構造については、後述する。 <Seat receiving member 40>
The seat receiving member 40 constitutes a part of the seat 1. The seat receiving member 40 is a separate body from the seat main body 4. In other words, the seat receiving member 40 is detachable from the seat main body 4.
The structure of the seat receiving member 40 will be described later.
＜操作機構５＞
　図２、図３、及び図４に示すように、操作機構５は、操作部１０と、ワイヤ構造体１１と、押圧部１２と、操作部カバー１３と、ワイヤ保持爪１４とを有する。なお、図３は、操作部１０が座板下面４Ｌから外された状態を示している。図４は、支持構造体３の一部を構成する支基の内部に配置された操作機構５の一部を示している。図４においては、支基カバーの図示が省略されている。
　操作機構５は、座板下面４Ｌにおいて、レバー収容部７Ａ、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂに収容されている。さらに、操作機構５の一部は、支基に収容されている。 <Operation mechanism 5>
As shown in Figures 2, 3, and 4, the operation mechanism 5 has an operation unit 10, a wire structure 11, a pressing unit 12, an operation unit cover 13, and a wire holding claw 14. Note that Figure 3 shows a state in which the operation unit 10 is removed from the seat panel underside 4L. Figure 4 shows a part of the operation mechanism 5 disposed inside a support base that constitutes a part of the support structure 3. The support base cover is not shown in Figure 4.
The operating mechanism 5 is accommodated in a lever accommodating portion 7A and a wire accommodating portion 7B on the seat bottom surface 4L. Furthermore, a part of the operating mechanism 5 is accommodated in the support base.
＜操作部１０＞
　操作部１０は、レバー支持軸１０Ａと、レバープレート１０Ｂと、ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃと、レバー１０Ｄとを有する。操作部１０は、レバー収容部７Ａに収容されている。 <Operation Unit 10>
The operation portion 10 has a lever support shaft 10A, a lever plate 10B, a wire support portion 10C, and a lever 10D. The operation portion 10 is accommodated in the lever accommodation portion 7A.
＜レバー支持軸１０Ａ＞
　レバー支持軸１０Ａは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに延びている。レバー支持軸１０Ａは、ネジ溝部１０Ｅと、回動支持部１０Ｆと、ヘッド部１０Ｇとを有する。ヘッド部１０Ｇは、下方向ＤＤにおけるレバー支持軸１０Ａの端部に位置する。ネジ溝部１０Ｅは、軸固定穴７Ｄにネジ止めされている。これにより、ネジ溝部１０Ｅは、操作機構収容部７に固定されている。回動支持部１０Ｆの回りにおいてレバープレート１０Ｂが回動可能なように、レバー支持軸１０Ａは、レバープレート１０Ｂを支持する。レバー支持軸１０Ａを構成する材料としては、公知の樹脂材料や金属材料が用いられる。 <Lever support shaft 10A>
The lever support shaft 10A extends in the up-down directions UD and DD. The lever support shaft 10A has a threaded portion 10E, a pivot support portion 10F, and a head portion 10G. The head portion 10G is located at the end of the lever support shaft 10A in the downward direction DD. The threaded portion 10E is screwed into the shaft fixing hole 7D. As a result, the threaded portion 10E is fixed to the operation mechanism accommodating portion 7. The lever support shaft 10A supports the lever plate 10B so that the lever plate 10B can pivot around the pivot support portion 10F. The material that constitutes the lever support shaft 10A may be a known resin material or metal material.
＜レバープレート１０Ｂ＞
　レバープレート１０Ｂは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに直交する方向に延びる。レバープレート１０Ｂは、支持端部１０Ｈと、回動端部１０Ｉとを有する。支持端部１０Ｈには支持軸穴１０Ｊが形成されている。支持軸穴１０Ｊに回動支持部１０Ｆが挿入されている。支持軸穴１０Ｊの径は、ヘッド部１０Ｇの径より小さい。これにより、ヘッド部１０Ｇによって、下方向ＤＤにおける操作機構収容部７からのレバープレート１０Ｂの脱落が防止されている。レバープレート１０Ｂを構成する材料としては、公知の樹脂材料や金属材料が用いられる。 <Lever plate 10B>
Lever plate 10B extends in a direction perpendicular to the up-down directions UD and DD. Lever plate 10B has a support end 10H and a pivot end 10I. A support shaft hole 10J is formed in support end 10H. A pivot support portion 10F is inserted into support shaft hole 10J. The diameter of support shaft hole 10J is smaller than the diameter of head portion 10G. This prevents lever plate 10B from falling off from operation mechanism accommodating portion 7 in the downward direction DD by head portion 10G. Lever plate 10B is made of a material such as a known resin material or metal material.
＜ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃ＞
　ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃは、レバープレート１０Ｂから下方向ＤＤに突出する突起部である。ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃは、レバープレート１０Ｂが延びる方向において、支持端部１０Ｈと回動端部１０Ｉとの間に位置する。ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃは、レバープレート１０Ｂに形成された穴に固定されている。 <Wire support portion 10C>
The wire support portion 10C is a protrusion that protrudes from the lever plate 10B in the downward direction DD. The wire support portion 10C is located between the support end portion 10H and the pivot end portion 10I in the extension direction of the lever plate 10B. The wire support portion 10C is fixed to a hole formed in the lever plate 10B.
＜レバー１０Ｄ＞
　レバー１０Ｄは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに延びている。上方向ＵＤにおけるレバー１０Ｄの端部は、レバープレート１０Ｂの回動端部１０Ｉに固定されている。レバー１０Ｄは、例えば、着座者が手指で操作部１０を操作するための部位である。レバー１０Ｄは、レバー支持軸１０Ａの回りに回動可能である。具体的に、レバー１０Ｄは、水平方向において円弧状の軌跡を描くように移動可能である。円弧状の軌跡とは、レバー支持軸１０Ａを中心とする円の一部の円弧である。
　レバー１０Ｄを構成する材料としては、公知の樹脂材料や金属材料が用いられる。レバー１０Ｄは、レバープレート１０Ｂと一体となるように同一部材で形成されてもよいし、レバープレート１０Ｂとは別体となるようにレバープレート１０Ｂから分離可能であってもよい。 <Lever 10D>
Lever 10D extends in the up-down directions UD and DD. The end of lever 10D in the up-down direction UD is fixed to a rotating end 10I of lever plate 10B. Lever 10D is, for example, a part where a seated person operates operating unit 10 with his/her fingers. Lever 10D can rotate around lever support shaft 10A. Specifically, lever 10D can move so as to trace an arc-shaped trajectory in the horizontal direction. The arc-shaped trajectory is a partial arc of a circle centered on lever support shaft 10A.
A known resin material or metal material is used as a material for forming the lever 10D. The lever 10D may be formed of the same material as the lever plate 10B so as to be integrated with the lever plate 10B, or may be separable from the lever plate 10B so as to be a separate body from the lever plate 10B.
　このような構成を有する操作部１０は、レバー収容部７Ａに収容されている。着座者による操作部１０及び椅子１００の操作性を考慮し、操作部１０の位置が設定され、レバー収容部７Ａの位置や形状が設定される。
　支点、力点、及び作用点に関する梃の原理に基づいて説明すると、上記構成を有する操作部１０においては、レバー支持軸１０Ａが支点に相当し、レバー１０Ｄが力点に相当し、レバープレート１０Ｂのワイヤ支持部１０Ｃが作用点に相当する。このような梃の原理を利用した構造においては、レバー１０Ｄ及びワイヤ支持部１０Ｃが水平方向に位置している。
　レバープレート１０Ｂが延びる方向におけるレバー支持軸１０Ａ、レバー１０Ｄ、及びワイヤ支持部１０Ｃの相対的な位置関係は、梃の原理と椅子１００の操作性とを考慮し、適宜設定される。 The operating unit 10 having such a configuration is housed in the lever housing portion 7 A. The position of the operating unit 10 and the position and shape of the lever housing portion 7 A are set in consideration of the operability of the operating unit 10 and the chair 100 by the seated person.
Explaining based on the principle of leverage regarding the fulcrum, force point, and point of action, in the operating unit 10 having the above configuration, the lever support shaft 10A corresponds to the fulcrum, the lever 10D corresponds to the force point, and the wire support portion 10C of the lever plate 10B corresponds to the point of action. In such a structure utilizing the principle of leverage, the lever 10D and the wire support portion 10C are positioned horizontally.
The relative positional relationship between the lever support shaft 10A, the lever 10D, and the wire support portion 10C in the extending direction of the lever plate 10B is appropriately set taking into consideration the principle of leverage and the operability of the chair 100.
＜ワイヤ構造体１１＞
　ワイヤ構造体１１は、アウターチューブ１１Ａと、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂと、第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆ（第１係合端）と、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓ（第２係合端）と、を有する。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、ワイヤ構造体１１は、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂによって支持されている。ワイヤ構造体１１の長さは、座板下面４Ｌに形成されるワイヤ収容部７Ｂの形成パターンや椅子１００の設計に応じて設定される。 <Wire structure 11>
The wire structure 11 has an outer tube 11A, an inner wire 11B, a first wire engagement end 11F (first engagement end), and a second wire engagement end 11S (second engagement end). The wire structure 11 is supported by wire housings 7B in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD. The length of the wire structure 11 is set according to the formation pattern of the wire housings 7B formed on the seat panel underside 4L and the design of the chair 100.
＜アウターチューブ１１Ａ＞
　アウターチューブ１１Ａは、例えば、軟質な樹脂製の筒状体である。アウターチューブ１１Ａは、可撓性を有する。アウターチューブ１１Ａの内部には、空間が形成されている。この空間は、アウターチューブ１１Ａが延びる方向に延びている。アウターチューブ１１Ａは、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂに収容され、固定されている。ワイヤ収容部７Ｂは、アウターチューブ１１Ａを静的に保持する。このようなアウターチューブ１１Ａとしては、公知のアウターチューブが用いられる。 <Outer tube 11A>
The outer tube 11A is, for example, a cylindrical body made of soft resin. The outer tube 11A has flexibility. A space is formed inside the outer tube 11A. This space extends in the direction in which the outer tube 11A extends. The outer tube 11A is accommodated in and fixed to the wire accommodating portion 7B. The wire accommodating portion 7B statically holds the outer tube 11A. A known outer tube is used as this outer tube 11A.
＜インナーワイヤ１１Ｂ＞
　インナーワイヤ１１Ｂは、例えば、複数の金属細線が編み込まれた構造を有し、かつ、可撓性を有する。インナーワイヤ１１Ｂは、アウターチューブ１１Ａの内部空間に位置し、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂによって保持されたアウターチューブ１１Ａに対して相対的に移動可能である。言い換えると、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂは、アウターチューブ１１Ａが延びる方向に延びるように変形を伴いながら、固定されたアウターチューブ１１Ａの内部を移動可能ある。このようなインナーワイヤ１１Ｂとしては、公知のインナーワイヤが用いられる。 <Inner wire 11B>
The inner wire 11B has, for example, a structure in which a plurality of thin metal wires are woven together, and is flexible. The inner wire 11B is located in the internal space of the outer tube 11A, and is movable relative to the outer tube 11A held by the wire housing 7B. In other words, the inner wire 11B is movable inside the fixed outer tube 11A while deforming so as to extend in the extension direction of the outer tube 11A. A known inner wire is used as this inner wire 11B.
＜第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆ＞
　第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆは、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂの先端（第１先端）に接続されている。レバー収容部７Ａの内部において、第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆは、ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃに係合されている。ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃの回りにおいて、第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆは、回動可能である。第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆとワイヤ支持部１０Ｃとの間の係合構造は、特に限定されない。例えば、ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃ及び第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆの各々がフックを有し、２つのフックが係合する構造が採用されてもよい。ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃが径を小さい小径部と、小径部よりも径が大きい大径部とを有し、小径部に第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆが係合してもよい。 <First wire engagement end 11F>
The first wire engaging end 11F is connected to the tip (first tip) of the inner wire 11B. Inside the lever housing 7A, the first wire engaging end 11F is engaged with the wire support portion 10C. The first wire engaging end 11F is rotatable around the wire support portion 10C. The engaging structure between the first wire engaging end 11F and the wire support portion 10C is not particularly limited. For example, a structure in which each of the wire support portion 10C and the first wire engaging end 11F has a hook and the two hooks engage with each other may be adopted. The wire support portion 10C may have a small diameter portion having a small diameter and a large diameter portion having a larger diameter than the small diameter portion, and the first wire engaging end 11F may engage with the small diameter portion.
＜第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓ＞
　第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓは、支基カバーの上面に位置するインナーワイヤ１１Ｂの先端（第２先端）に接続されている。支基カバーの上面において、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓは、押圧部１２に係合されている。 <Second wire engagement end 11S>
The second wire engaging end 11S is connected to the tip (second tip) of the inner wire 11B located on the upper surface of the base cover. The second wire engaging end 11S is engaged with the pressing portion 12 on the upper surface of the base cover.
＜押圧部１２＞
　図４に示すように、押圧部１２は、押圧本体１２Ａと、押圧支持軸１２Ｂと、押圧係合部１２Ｃと、押圧力発生部１２Ｇとを有する。 <Pressing portion 12>
As shown in FIG. 4, the pressing portion 12 has a pressing body 12A, a pressing support shaft 12B, a pressing engagement portion 12C, and a pressing force generating portion 12G.
＜押圧本体１２Ａ＞
　押圧本体１２Ａは、例えば、略三角形の形状を有する。押圧本体１２Ａの形状は、略三角形に限定されない。押圧支持軸１２Ｂ、押圧係合部１２Ｃ、及び押圧力発生部１２Ｇを有していれば、押圧本体１２Ａの形状は適宜選択される。押圧本体１２Ａを構成する材料としては、公知の樹脂材料や金属材料が用いられる。 <Pressing body 12A>
The pressing body 12A has, for example, a substantially triangular shape. The shape of the pressing body 12A is not limited to a substantially triangular shape. As long as the pressing body 12A has the pressing support shaft 12B, the pressing engagement portion 12C, and the pressing force generating portion 12G, the shape of the pressing body 12A can be appropriately selected. The material constituting the pressing body 12A may be a known resin material or metal material.
　図４に示す例では、押圧部１２は、符号Ｔで示す方向に厚さを有し、符号Ｈで示す方向に高さを有し、符号Ｌで示す方向に長さを有する。以下の説明では、文言「厚さ方向Ｔ」、「高さ方向Ｈ」、及び「長さ方向Ｌ」を用いて押圧部１２を説明する場合がある。また、高さ方向Ｈは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに対して平行又は傾斜する方向である。厚さ方向Ｔは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して平行又は傾斜する方向である。長さ方向Ｌは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに対して平行又は傾斜する方向である。 In the example shown in FIG. 4, the pressing portion 12 has a thickness in the direction indicated by the symbol T, a height in the direction indicated by the symbol H, and a length in the direction indicated by the symbol L. In the following description, the pressing portion 12 may be described using the terms "thickness direction T," "height direction H," and "length direction L." The height direction H is a direction that is parallel to or inclined with respect to the up-down directions UD and DD. The thickness direction T is a direction that is parallel to or inclined with respect to the front-back directions FD and BD. The length direction L is a direction that is parallel to or inclined with respect to the left-right directions RD and LD.
＜押圧支持軸１２Ｂ＞
　押圧支持軸１２Ｂは、押圧本体１２Ａの一部を構成する。押圧支持軸１２Ｂは、厚さ方向Ｔに延びている。押圧支持軸１２Ｂは、押圧支持軸１２Ｂの回りに押圧本体１２Ａが回動可能なように、押圧本体１２Ａを支持する。なお、押圧支持軸１２Ｂは、押圧本体１２Ａと一体となるように同一部材で形成されてもよいし、押圧本体１２Ａとは別体となるように押圧本体１２Ａから分離可能であってもよい。
　本実施形態においては、押圧支持軸１２Ｂは、後述する支基カバー６５によって回動可能に支持されている。押圧支持軸１２Ｂの回りで押圧本体１２Ａが回動可能であれば、押圧支持軸１２Ｂは、支基６０に支持されてもよい。 <Pressing support shaft 12B>
The pressing support shaft 12B constitutes a part of the pressing body 12A. The pressing support shaft 12B extends in the thickness direction T. The pressing support shaft 12B supports the pressing body 12A so that the pressing body 12A can rotate around the pressing support shaft 12B. The pressing support shaft 12B may be formed of the same material as the pressing body 12A so as to be integrated with the pressing body 12A, or may be separable from the pressing body 12A so as to be a separate body from the pressing body 12A.
In this embodiment, the pressing support shaft 12B is rotatably supported by a support base cover 65 described later. The pressing support shaft 12B may be supported by a support base 60 as long as the pressing body 12A is rotatable around the pressing support shaft 12B.
＜押圧係合部１２Ｃ＞
　押圧係合部１２Ｃは、高さ方向Ｈにおいて押圧支持軸１２Ｂから離れた位置において、押圧本体１２Ａに形成されている。押圧係合部１２Ｃは、押圧本体１２Ａの一部を構成する。押圧係合部１２Ｃは、ワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄと、ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅとを有する。ワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄは、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓを押圧部１２に引掛ける際において、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓが挿通する溝である。ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅは、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓを支持する溝である。 <Pressure engagement portion 12C>
The pressing engagement portion 12C is formed on the pressing body 12A at a position away from the pressing support shaft 12B in the height direction H. The pressing engagement portion 12C constitutes a part of the pressing body 12A. The pressing engagement portion 12C has a wire insertion groove 12D and a wire support groove 12E. The wire insertion groove 12D is a groove through which the second wire engaging end 11S is inserted when the second wire engaging end 11S is hooked onto the pressing portion 12. The wire support groove 12E is a groove that supports the second wire engaging end 11S.
＜ワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄ＞
　ワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄは、例えば、高さ方向Ｈにおいて、押圧本体１２Ａの上端１２Ｕから押圧本体１２Ａの内部に向けて延びるように形成されている。高さ方向Ｈにおけるワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄの深さは、特に限定されないが、ワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄは、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓを支持可能な程度の深さを有していればよい。ワイヤ挿入溝１２Ｄは、厚さ方向Ｔにおいて略中央に位置する。 <Wire Insertion Groove 12D>
The wire insertion groove 12D is formed to extend, for example, from the upper end 12U of the pressing body 12A toward the inside of the pressing body 12A in the height direction H. The depth of the wire insertion groove 12D in the height direction H is not particularly limited, but the wire insertion groove 12D may have a depth sufficient to support the second wire engagement end 11S. The wire insertion groove 12D is located approximately in the center in the thickness direction T.
＜ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅ＞
　ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅは、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓの形状に応じた形状を有する。
　ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅは、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓに対して反対側にある押圧本体１２Ａの面に設けられている。ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅは、長さ方向Ｌ又は長さ方向Ｌに傾斜する方向において押圧本体１２Ａの内部に向けて延びるように形成されている。長さ方向Ｌにおけるワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅの深さは、特に限定されないが、ワイヤ支持溝１２Ｅは、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓを支持可能な程度の深さを有していればよい。 <Wire support groove 12E>
The wire support groove 12E has a shape corresponding to the shape of the second wire engaging end 11S.
The wire support groove 12E is provided on the surface of the pressing body 12A opposite to the second wire engaging end 11S. The wire support groove 12E is formed to extend toward the inside of the pressing body 12A in the length direction L or in a direction inclined to the length direction L. The depth of the wire support groove 12E in the length direction L is not particularly limited, but it is sufficient that the wire support groove 12E has a depth sufficient to support the second wire engaging end 11S.
　押圧係合部１２Ｃと第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓとの間の係合構造は、特に限定されない。例えば、押圧係合部１２Ｃ及び第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓの各々がフックを有し、２つのフックが係合する構造が採用されてもよい。 The engagement structure between the pressure engagement portion 12C and the second wire engagement end 11S is not particularly limited. For example, a structure in which the pressure engagement portion 12C and the second wire engagement end 11S each have a hook and the two hooks engage with each other may be adopted.
＜押圧力発生部１２Ｇ＞
　押圧力発生部１２Ｇは、長さ方向Ｌにおいて押圧支持軸１２Ｂから離れた位置において、押圧本体１２Ａに形成されている。図４に示す例では、押圧力発生部１２Ｇは、押圧本体１２Ａの一部に形成された面である。押圧力発生部１２Ｇは、高さ方向Ｈにおける押圧本体１２Ａの下方に位置する。 <Pressure generating unit 12G>
The pressing force generating portion 12G is formed on the pressing body 12A at a position away from the pressing support shaft 12B in the length direction L. In the example shown in Fig. 4, the pressing force generating portion 12G is a surface formed on a part of the pressing body 12A. The pressing force generating portion 12G is located below the pressing body 12A in the height direction H.
　支点、力点、及び作用点に関する梃の原理に基づいて説明すると、上記構成を有する押圧部１２においては、押圧支持軸１２Ｂが支点に相当し、押圧係合部１２Ｃが力点に相当し、押圧力発生部１２Ｇが作用点に相当する。このような梃の原理を利用した構造においては、押圧係合部１２Ｃ及び押圧力発生部１２Ｇが高さ方向Ｈに位置している。言い換えると、押圧係合部１２Ｃ及び押圧力発生部１２Ｇは、水平方向とは異なる方向に位置している。高さ方向Ｈ及び長さ方向Ｌにおける押圧支持軸１２Ｂ、押圧係合部１２Ｃ、及び押圧力発生部１２Ｇの相対的な位置関係は、梃の原理と椅子１００の操作性とを考慮し、適宜設定される。 Explaining based on the principle of the lever regarding the fulcrum, the force point, and the point of action, in the pressing section 12 having the above configuration, the pressing support shaft 12B corresponds to the fulcrum, the pressing engagement section 12C corresponds to the force point, and the pressing force generating section 12G corresponds to the point of action. In such a structure utilizing the principle of the lever, the pressing engagement section 12C and the pressing force generating section 12G are located in the height direction H. In other words, the pressing engagement section 12C and the pressing force generating section 12G are located in a direction different from the horizontal direction. The relative positional relationship of the pressing support shaft 12B, the pressing engagement section 12C, and the pressing force generating section 12G in the height direction H and the length direction L is appropriately set taking into consideration the principle of the lever and the operability of the chair 100.
＜操作部カバー１３＞
　図２に示すように、操作部カバー１３は、レバー収容部７Ａに嵌合される部位である。操作部カバー１３には貫通口１３Ａが形成されている。貫通口１３Ａには、レバー１０Ｄが挿通されている。円弧状の移動範囲においてレバー１０Ｄが移動可能となるように、貫通口１３Ａの形状は、円弧形状である。不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて、操作部カバー１３は、座本体４に締結される。操作部カバー１３がレバー収容部７Ａに嵌合された状態では、貫通口１３Ａを貫通するレバー１０Ｄの一部が座板下面４Ｌから露出し、かつ、操作部カバー１３とレバー収容部７Ａとの間に形成された空間内に、操作部１０が収容される。 <Operation unit cover 13>
As shown in FIG. 2, the operation unit cover 13 is a portion that is fitted into the lever housing portion 7A. A through hole 13A is formed in the operation unit cover 13. The lever 10D is inserted into the through hole 13A. The through hole 13A has an arc shape so that the lever 10D can move within an arc-shaped movement range. The operation unit cover 13 is fastened to the seat body 4 using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown). When the operation unit cover 13 is fitted into the lever housing portion 7A, a part of the lever 10D that passes through the through hole 13A is exposed from the seat plate underside 4L, and the operation unit 10 is accommodated in the space formed between the operation unit cover 13 and the lever housing portion 7A.
＜ワイヤ保持爪１４＞
　ワイヤ保持爪１４は、溝状のワイヤ収容部７Ｂが延在する方向において座板下面４Ｌに設置される。ワイヤ保持爪１４は、ワイヤ収容部７Ｂ内に配置されたワイヤ構造体１１を保持する。ワイヤ保持爪１４は、例えば、不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて、座板下面４Ｌに固定される。ワイヤ保持爪１４は、溝状のワイヤ収容部７Ｂの下方向ＤＤへの開口端部を、水平方向の適所において遮蔽する。これにより、ワイヤ保持爪１４は、ワイヤ構造体１１がワイヤ収容部７Ｂから下方向ＤＤに向けて脱落することを防止する。なお、ワイヤ保持爪１４は、座板下面４Ｌに一体的に形成されてもよい。 <Wire holding claw 14>
The wire holding claws 14 are installed on the seat plate underside 4L in the direction in which the groove-shaped wire accommodating portion 7B extends. The wire holding claws 14 hold the wire structure 11 arranged in the wire accommodating portion 7B. The wire holding claws 14 are fixed to the seat plate underside 4L using, for example, a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown). The wire holding claws 14 cover the open end of the groove-shaped wire accommodating portion 7B facing the downward direction DD at an appropriate position in the horizontal direction. This prevents the wire structure 11 from falling off from the wire accommodating portion 7B in the downward direction DD. The wire holding claws 14 may be integrally formed on the seat plate underside 4L.
＜背凭れ２＞
　背凭れ２は、座１に対して傾動可能である。
　図１、図５Ａ、図５Ｂ、及び図６に示すように、背凭れ２は、アーム部２０と、背受部２１と、弾性部材２３と、弾性部材支持部２４と、背凭れカバー２５を有する。背凭れ２は、着座者の背部を支持する部位である。アーム部２０、背受部２１、弾性部材支持部２４、及び背凭れカバー２５を構成する材料としては、公知の樹脂材料や金属材料が用いられる。 <Backrest 2>
The backrest 2 is tiltable relative to the seat 1 .
1, 5A, 5B, and 6, the backrest 2 has an arm portion 20, a back support portion 21, an elastic member 23, an elastic member support portion 24, and a backrest cover 25. The backrest 2 is a portion that supports the back of a seated person. The arm portion 20, the back support portion 21, the elastic member support portion 24, and the backrest cover 25 are made of materials such as known resin materials and metal materials.
＜アーム部２０＞
　アーム部２０は、支持構造体３に支持されている。
　アーム部２０は、右方向ＲＤに見て、略Ｌ字形状に形成されている。アーム部２０は、縦アーム２０Ａと、横アーム２０Ｂとを有する。縦アーム２０Ａは、座本体４の下方に位置する。縦アーム２０Ａは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに延びる。横アーム２０Ｂは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに延びる。縦アーム２０Ａは、横アーム２０Ｂと一体となるように同一部材で形成されてもよいし、横アーム２０Ｂとは別体となるように横アーム２０Ｂから分離可能であってもよい。 <Arm portion 20>
The arm portion 20 is supported by a support structure 3 .
The arm portion 20 is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed in the right direction RD. The arm portion 20 has a vertical arm 20A and a horizontal arm 20B. The vertical arm 20A is located below the seat body 4. The vertical arm 20A extends in the up-down directions UD and DD. The horizontal arm 20B extends in the front-rear directions FD and BD. The vertical arm 20A may be formed of the same material as the horizontal arm 20B so as to be integrated with it, or may be separable from the horizontal arm 20B so as to be a separate body from the horizontal arm 20B.
　縦アーム２０Ａは、背受部２１を支持する。横アーム２０Ｂは、アーム開口部２０Ｃと、第１支持アーム２０Ｆ及び第２支持アーム２０Ｓと、補強アーム２０Ｄとを有する。アーム開口部２０Ｃは、縦アーム２０Ａの後方向ＢＤに向く背面に弾性部材２３を取り付ける際に、弾性部材２３の一部が挿通する開口である。補強アーム２０Ｄは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに延びる。第１支持アーム２０Ｆと第２支持アーム２０Ｓとの間に補強アーム２０Ｄが設けられている。これにより、横アーム２０Ｂの強度が向上している。 The vertical arm 20A supports the back support portion 21. The horizontal arm 20B has an arm opening 20C, a first support arm 20F, a second support arm 20S, and a reinforcing arm 20D. The arm opening 20C is an opening through which a part of the elastic member 23 is inserted when the elastic member 23 is attached to the back surface of the vertical arm 20A facing the rear direction BD. The reinforcing arm 20D extends in the left-right directions RD and LD. The reinforcing arm 20D is provided between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S. This improves the strength of the horizontal arm 20B.
＜第１支持アーム２０Ｆ＞
　第１支持アーム２０Ｆは、第１軸支持穴２６Ｆを有する。第１軸支持穴２６Ｆは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆに対して縦アーム２０Ａとは反対側に設けられている。言い換えると、第１軸支持穴２６Ｆは、前方向ＦＤにおける第１支持アーム２０Ｆの前方に位置する。第１支持アーム２０Ｆは、第１軸支持穴２６Ｆを介して、支基の後部に取り付けられている。第１支持アーム２０Ｆは、第１軸支持穴２６Ｆと補強アーム２０Ｄとの間に設けられた第１アーム溝２７Ｆを有する。第１アーム溝２７Ｆは、左方向ＬＤに向けて開口している。 <First support arm 20F>
The first support arm 20F has a first shaft support hole 26F. The first shaft support hole 26F is provided on the opposite side of the first support arm 20F to the vertical arm 20A. In other words, the first shaft support hole 26F is located in front of the first support arm 20F in the forward direction FD. The first support arm 20F is attached to the rear of the base via the first shaft support hole 26F. The first support arm 20F has a first arm groove 27F provided between the first shaft support hole 26F and the reinforcing arm 20D. The first arm groove 27F opens toward the left direction LD.
　図６は、図５Ａの符号Ａが示す部分を拡大して示す拡大図である。言い換えると、図６は、右方向ＲＤにおいて第２支持アーム２０Ｓから見た第１支持アーム２０Ｆを部分的に示す側面図である。第１アーム溝２７Ｆは、斜方開口溝２８Ａと、前後延在溝２８Ｂと、溝奥部２８Ｃとを有する。第１アーム溝２７Ｆは、左方向ＬＤに向けて開口している。言い換えると、第１アーム溝２７Ｆは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆと第２支持アーム２０Ｓとの間の空間に露出している。 FIG. 6 is an enlarged view of the portion indicated by the symbol A in FIG. 5A. In other words, FIG. 6 is a side view partially showing the first support arm 20F as viewed from the second support arm 20S in the right direction RD. The first arm groove 27F has an oblique opening groove 28A, a front-rear extending groove 28B, and a groove inner portion 28C. The first arm groove 27F opens toward the left direction LD. In other words, the first arm groove 27F is exposed in the space between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S.
　斜方開口溝２８Ａは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａに向けて延びるように、第１支持アーム２０Ｆに形成されている。ここで、溝傾斜方向２９Ａは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆのアーム上面２９Ｔから第１支持アーム２０Ｆの内部に向かう方向である。言い換えると、溝傾斜方向２９Ａは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆが延在する延在方向２０Ｅに対して傾斜する方向である。斜方開口溝２８Ａは、アーム上面２９Ｔにおいて、上方向ＵＤ及び左方向ＬＤに向けて開口している。
　斜方開口溝２８Ａは、互いに対向する２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２を有する。２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の間の幅は、後述する右アーム係合部５１Ｊの径よりも若干広い。これにより、斜方開口溝２８Ａは、斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の間に右アーム係合部５１Ｊを挿通させることができる。 The oblique opening groove 28A is formed in the first support arm 20F so as to extend in a groove inclination direction 29A. Here, the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction from the arm upper surface 29T of the first support arm 20F toward the inside of the first support arm 20F. In other words, the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction inclined with respect to the extension direction 20E in which the first support arm 20F extends. The oblique opening groove 28A is open in the arm upper surface 29T toward the upward direction UD and the leftward direction LD.
The oblique opening groove 28A has two opposing oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2. The width between the two oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 is slightly wider than the diameter of the right arm engagement portion 51J, which will be described later. This allows the right arm engagement portion 51J to be inserted between the oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 of the oblique opening groove 28A.
　前後延在溝２８Ｂは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａにおいて斜方開口溝２８Ａに繋がるように、第１支持アーム２０Ｆに形成されている。前後延在溝２８Ｂは、延在方向２０Ｅに向けて延在している。前後延在溝２８Ｂは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａ及び左方向ＬＤに向けて開口している。
　前後延在溝２８Ｂは、互いに対向する２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２を有する。延在溝壁２８Ｍ１は、斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１に繋がる面である。延在溝壁２８Ｍ２は、斜方溝壁２８Ｎ２に繋がる面である。
　２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の間の幅は、後述する右アーム係合部５１Ｊの径よりも若干広い。これにより、前後延在溝２８Ｂは、延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の間に右アーム係合部５１Ｊを挿通させることができる。 The front-rear extending groove 28B is formed in the first support arm 20F so as to be connected to the oblique opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A. The front-rear extending groove 28B extends in the extension direction 20E. The front-rear extending groove 28B opens in the groove inclination direction 29A and in the left direction LD.
The front-rear extending groove 28B has two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 facing each other. The extending groove wall 28M1 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N1. The extending groove wall 28M2 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N2.
The width between the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 is slightly wider than the diameter of a right arm engaging portion 51J, which will be described later. This allows the right arm engaging portion 51J to be inserted between the extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 of the front-rear extending groove 28B.
　溝奥部２８Ｃは、前後延在溝２８Ｂの最も後方に位置する部位である。言い換えると、溝奥部２８Ｃは、溝延在方向２９Ｂにおける前後延在溝２８Ｂの端部に位置する部位である。溝延在方向２９Ｂは、延在方向２０Ｅに平行な方向である。溝奥部２８Ｃは、延在方向２０Ｅ及び左方向ＬＤに向けて開口している。
　溝奥部２８Ｃは、曲面を有する。溝奥部２８Ｃの曲面は、右アーム係合部５１Ｊの表面形状に沿う形状を有する。 The groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at the rearmost position of the front-rear extending groove 28B. In other words, the groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at an end of the front-rear extending groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B. The groove extension direction 29B is a direction parallel to the extension direction 20E. The groove inner portion 28C is open toward the extension direction 20E and the left direction LD.
The groove inner portion 28C has a curved surface that is shaped to fit the surface shape of the right arm engagement portion 51J.
＜第２支持アーム２０Ｓ＞
　第２支持アーム２０Ｓは、第２軸支持穴２６Ｓを有する。第２軸支持穴２６Ｓは、第２支持アーム２０Ｓに対して縦アーム２０Ａとは反対側に設けられている。言い換えると、第２軸支持穴２６Ｓは、前方向ＦＤにおける第２支持アーム２０Ｓの前方に位置する。第２支持アーム２０Ｓは、第２軸支持穴２６Ｓを介して、支基の後部に取り付けられている。第２支持アーム２０Ｓは、第２軸支持穴２６Ｓと補強アーム２０Ｄとの間設けられた第２アーム溝２７Ｓを有する。第２アーム溝２７Ｓは、右方向ＲＤに向けて開口している。
　第２アーム溝２７Ｓは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの第１アーム溝２７Ｆと同様に、斜方開口溝２８Ａと、前後延在溝２８Ｂと、溝奥部２８Ｃとを有する。第２アーム溝２７Ｓは、右方向ＲＤに向けて開口している。言い換えると、第２アーム溝２７Ｓは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆと第２支持アーム２０Ｓとの間の空間に露出している。 <Second Support Arm 20S>
The second support arm 20S has a second shaft support hole 26S. The second shaft support hole 26S is provided on the opposite side of the second support arm 20S to the vertical arm 20A. In other words, the second shaft support hole 26S is located in front of the second support arm 20S in the forward direction FD. The second support arm 20S is attached to the rear of the base via the second shaft support hole 26S. The second support arm 20S has a second arm groove 27S provided between the second shaft support hole 26S and the reinforcing arm 20D. The second arm groove 27S opens toward the right direction RD.
The second arm groove 27S has an oblique opening groove 28A, a front-rear extending groove 28B, and a groove inner portion 28C, similar to the first arm groove 27F of the first support arm 20F. The second arm groove 27S opens toward the right direction RD. In other words, the second arm groove 27S is exposed in the space between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S.
　斜方開口溝２８Ａは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａに向けて延びるように、第２支持アーム２０Ｓに形成されている。ここで、溝傾斜方向２９Ａは、第２支持アーム２０Ｓのアーム上面２９Ｔから第２支持アーム２０Ｓの内部に向かう方向である。言い換えると、溝傾斜方向２９Ａは、第２支持アーム２０Ｓが延在する延在方向２０Ｅに対して傾斜する方向である。斜方開口溝２８Ａは、アーム上面２９Ｔにおいて、上方向ＵＤ及び右方向ＲＤに向けて開口している。
　斜方開口溝２８Ａは、互いに対向する２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２を有する。２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の間の幅は、後述する左アーム係合部５１Ｒの径よりも若干広い。これにより、斜方開口溝２８Ａは、斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の間に左アーム係合部５１Ｒを挿通させることができる。 The oblique opening groove 28A is formed in the second support arm 20S so as to extend in a groove inclination direction 29A. Here, the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction from the arm upper surface 29T of the second support arm 20S toward the inside of the second support arm 20S. In other words, the groove inclination direction 29A is a direction inclined with respect to the extension direction 20E in which the second support arm 20S extends. The oblique opening groove 28A is open in the arm upper surface 29T toward the upward direction UD and the rightward direction RD.
The oblique opening groove 28A has two opposing oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2. The width between the two oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 is slightly wider than the diameter of the left arm engagement portion 51R, which will be described later. This allows the left arm engagement portion 51R to be inserted between the oblique groove walls 28N1, 28N2 of the oblique opening groove 28A.
　前後延在溝２８Ｂは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａにおいて斜方開口溝２８Ａに繋がるように、第２支持アーム２０Ｓに形成されている。前後延在溝２８Ｂは、延在方向２０Ｅに向けて延在している。前後延在溝２８Ｂは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａ及び右方向ＲＤに向けて開口している。
　前後延在溝２８Ｂは、互いに対向する２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２を有する。延在溝壁２８Ｍ１は、斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１に繋がる面である。延在溝壁２８Ｍ２は、斜方溝壁２８Ｎ２に繋がる面である。
　２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の間の幅は、後述する左アーム係合部５１Ｒの径よりも若干広い。これにより、前後延在溝２８Ｂは、延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の間に左アーム係合部５１Ｒを挿通させることができる。 The front-rear extending groove 28B is formed in the second support arm 20S so as to be connected to the oblique opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A. The front-rear extending groove 28B extends in the extension direction 20E. The front-rear extending groove 28B opens in the groove inclination direction 29A and in the right direction RD.
The front-rear extending groove 28B has two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 facing each other. The extending groove wall 28M1 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N1. The extending groove wall 28M2 is a surface connected to the oblique groove wall 28N2.
The width between the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 is slightly wider than the diameter of the left arm engagement portion 51R, which will be described later. This allows the left arm engagement portion 51R to be inserted between the extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 of the front-rear extending groove 28B.
　溝奥部２８Ｃは、前後延在溝２８Ｂの最も後方に位置する部位である。言い換えると、溝奥部２８Ｃは、溝延在方向２９Ｂにおける前後延在溝２８Ｂの端部に位置する部位である。溝延在方向２９Ｂは、延在方向２０Ｅに平行な方向である。溝奥部２８Ｃは、延在方向２０Ｅ及び右方向ＲＤに向けて開口している。
　溝奥部２８Ｃは、曲面を有する。溝奥部２８Ｃの曲面は、左アーム係合部５１Ｒの表面形状に沿う形状を有する。 The groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at the rearmost position of the front-rear extending groove 28B. In other words, the groove inner portion 28C is a portion located at an end of the front-rear extending groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B. The groove extension direction 29B is a direction parallel to the extension direction 20E. The groove inner portion 28C is open toward the extension direction 20E and the rightward direction RD.
The groove inner portion 28C has a curved surface that is shaped to fit the surface shape of the left arm engagement portion 51R.
　第２アーム溝２７Ｓ及び第１アーム溝２７Ｆは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける椅子１００の中央を通るとともに前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに延びる中心軸線ＣＬ（図１参照）に対して、軸対称の関係にある。 The second arm groove 27S and the first arm groove 27F are axially symmetrical with respect to a central axis CL (see FIG. 1) that passes through the center of the chair 100 in the left-right directions RD and LD and extends in the front-back directions FD and BD.
＜背受部２１＞
　背受部２１は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて縦アーム２０Ａの上方に位置する。背受部２１は、縦アーム２０Ａに支持されている。
　背受部２１は、後方向ＢＤにおいて座１よりも後方に配置されている。背受部２１は、座１に対して傾動可能である。背受部２１は、背受支持部２１Ａと背中受面構成部２１Ｂとを有する。背受支持部２１Ａは、不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて縦アーム２０Ａに締結されている。これにより、背受支持部２１Ａは、アーム部２０に支持されている。背受部２１は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに延び、アーム部２０の回動に連動して上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに対して傾動可能である。背中受面構成部２１Ｂを形成する張材の材料は、例えば、メッシュ等の布である。
　なお、背受支持部２１Ａは、縦アーム２０Ａに一体的に形成されていてもよい。背中受面構成部２１Ｂには、布材に被覆された公知のクッション部材を取り付けてもよい。背中受面構成部２１Ｂは、布材で被覆されてもよい。 <Back support portion 21>
The back support portion 21 is located above the vertical arm 20A in the up-down directions UD and DD. The back support portion 21 is supported by the vertical arm 20A.
The back support portion 21 is disposed rearward of the seat 1 in the rear direction BD. The back support portion 21 is tiltable relative to the seat 1. The back support portion 21 has a back support support portion 21A and a back support surface forming portion 21B. The back support support portion 21A is fastened to the vertical arm 20A using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown). This allows the back support support portion 21A to be supported by the arm portion 20. The back support portion 21 extends in the vertical directions UD and DD, and is tiltable in the vertical directions UD and DD in conjunction with the rotation of the arm portion 20. The material of the upholstery forming the back support surface forming portion 21B is, for example, a cloth such as mesh.
The back support portion 21A may be integrally formed with the vertical arm 20A. A known cushion member covered with a cloth material may be attached to the back support portion 21B. The back support portion 21B may be covered with a cloth material.
＜弾性部材２３＞
　座１の座板下面４Ｌに支持されている。弾性部材２３は、例えば、公知の板バネである。図５Ｂに示すように、弾性部材２３は、右方向ＲＤに見て、略Ｌ字形状に形成されている。弾性部材２３は、縦バネ部２３Ａと、横バネ部２３Ｂとを有する。弾性部材２３を構成するバネ構造としては、板バネに限定されない。板バネ以外の公知のバネを弾性部材２３に適用することができる。縦バネ部２３Ａは、「第１端部」の一例である。横バネ部２３Ｂは、「第２端部」の一例である。縦バネ部２３Ａは、背凭れ２の縦アーム２０Ａに連結される部位である。横バネ部２３Ｂは、座１の座板下面４Ｌに連結される部位である。横バネ部２３Ｂは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて縦バネ部２３Ａよりも前方向ＦＤに位置する。 <Elastic member 23>
The elastic member 23 is supported by the seat plate underside 4L of the seat 1. The elastic member 23 is, for example, a known leaf spring. As shown in FIG. 5B, the elastic member 23 is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed in the right direction RD. The elastic member 23 has a vertical spring portion 23A and a horizontal spring portion 23B. The spring structure constituting the elastic member 23 is not limited to a leaf spring. A known spring other than a leaf spring can be applied to the elastic member 23. The vertical spring portion 23A is an example of a "first end portion". The horizontal spring portion 23B is an example of a "second end portion". The vertical spring portion 23A is a portion connected to the vertical arm 20A of the backrest 2. The horizontal spring portion 23B is a portion connected to the seat plate underside 4L of the seat 1. The horizontal spring portion 23B is located in the forward direction FD than the vertical spring portion 23A in the front-rear direction FD, BD.
　なお、本実施形態においては、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて「第１端部」を構成する縦バネ部２３Ａは、「第２端部」を構成する横バネ部２３Ｂに対して上方に配置されている。縦バネ部２３Ａは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて横バネ部２３Ｂの下方に配置されていてもよい。この場合、縦バネ部２３Ａは、背凭れ２における座１よりも下方の部位に支持されることが望ましい。 In this embodiment, the vertical spring portion 23A, which constitutes the "first end" in the vertical directions UD and DD, is positioned above the horizontal spring portion 23B, which constitutes the "second end". The vertical spring portion 23A may be positioned below the horizontal spring portion 23B in the vertical directions UD and DD. In this case, it is desirable for the vertical spring portion 23A to be supported at a portion of the backrest 2 below the seat 1.
　弾性部材２３の縦バネ部２３Ａは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおける弾性部材２３の上端２３Ｕに位置する。弾性部材２３の横バネ部２３Ｂは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおける弾性部材２３の前端２３Ｌに位置する。弾性部材２３は、縦バネ部２３Ａと横バネ部２３Ｂの間に位置する屈曲部２３Ｃを有する。 The vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 is located at the upper end 23U of the elastic member 23 in the up-down directions UD and DD. The horizontal spring portion 23B of the elastic member 23 is located at the front end 23L of the elastic member 23 in the front-to-back directions FD and BD. The elastic member 23 has a bent portion 23C located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B.
　縦バネ部２３Ａには、第１端部穴２３Ｈ１が設けられている。第１端部穴２３Ｈ１は、不図示のボルト等の締結部材が連通する穴である。縦バネ部２３Ａは、第１端部穴２３Ｈ１を通る締結部材によって、縦アーム２０Ａに締結される。横バネ部２３Ｂには、第２端部穴２３Ｈ２が設けられている。第２端部穴２３Ｈ２は、座受締結部材が連通する穴である。横バネ部２３Ｂは、第２端部穴２３Ｈ２を通る座受締結部材によって、座受部材４０に締結される。 The vertical spring portion 23A is provided with a first end hole 23H1. The first end hole 23H1 is a hole through which a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown) passes. The vertical spring portion 23A is fastened to the vertical arm 20A by a fastening member that passes through the first end hole 23H1. The horizontal spring portion 23B is provided with a second end hole 23H2. The second end hole 23H2 is a hole through which a seat receiving fastening member passes. The horizontal spring portion 23B is fastened to the seat receiving member 40 by a seat receiving fastening member that passes through the second end hole 23H2.
　屈曲部２３Ｃは、縦バネ部２３Ａに繋がる上方延在部２３Ｄと、横バネ部２３Ｂに繋がる前方延在部２３Ｅとを有する。左方向ＬＤに見て、上方延在部２３Ｄ及び前方延在部２３Ｅは、Ｌ字形状を形成するように繋がっている。なお、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、縦バネ部２３Ａが横バネ部２３Ｂに対して下方にある場合、屈曲部２３Ｃにおいて縦バネ部２３Ａに繋がる部位が、下方に延在していることが望ましい。
　弾性部材２３は、上方領域部２３Ｆと、前方領域部２３Ｇとを有する。上方領域部２３Ｆは、縦バネ部２３Ａと上方延在部２３Ｄとの間に位置する。上方領域部２３Ｆは、上方向ＵＤに延びる。前方領域部２３Ｇは、横バネ部２３Ｂと前方延在部２３Ｅとの間に位置する。前方領域部２３Ｇは、前方向ＦＤに延びる。上方領域部２３Ｆ及び前方領域部２３Ｇの少なくとも一方は、直線状に形成されてもよい。 The bent portion 23C has an upward extending portion 23D connected to the vertical spring portion 23A and a forward extending portion 23E connected to the horizontal spring portion 23B. When viewed in the left direction LD, the upward extending portion 23D and the forward extending portion 23E are connected to form an L-shape. When the vertical spring portion 23A is located below the horizontal spring portion 23B in the up-down directions UD and DD, it is desirable that the portion of the bent portion 23C connected to the vertical spring portion 23A extends downward.
The elastic member 23 has an upper region 23F and a front region 23G. The upper region 23F is located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the upward extending portion 23D. The upper region 23F extends in the upward direction UD. The front region 23G is located between the horizontal spring portion 23B and the forward extending portion 23E. The front region 23G extends in the forward direction FD. At least one of the upper region 23F and the front region 23G may be formed in a straight line.
　上方領域部２３Ｆは、上方向ＵＤ又は上方向ＵＤに傾斜する方向に延びるように直線状に形成されている。前方領域部２３Ｇは、前方向ＦＤ又は前方向ＦＤに傾斜する方向に延びるように直線状に形成されている。
　本実施形態においては、上方領域部２３Ｆ及び前方領域部２３Ｇの各々の形状が直線形状である。変形例として、上方領域部２３Ｆのみが直線形状に形成されてもよい。また、前方領域部２３Ｇのみが直線形状に形成されてもよい。 The upper region 23F is formed linearly so as to extend in the upward direction UD or in a direction inclined toward the upward direction UD. The front region 23G is formed linearly so as to extend in the forward direction FD or in a direction inclined toward the forward direction FD.
In the present embodiment, the upper region 23F and the front region 23G each have a linear shape. As a modification, only the upper region 23F may be formed in a linear shape. Alternatively, only the front region 23G may be formed in a linear shape.
　上述した構成を有する弾性部材２３は、背凭れ２の回動によって上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ及び前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに弾性変形する。弾性部材２３は、弾性変形に起因する復元力を座１及び背凭れ２に与え、座１及び背凭れ２を前限位置８１に戻す部材である。ここで、弾性部材２３において生じる弾性変形とは、弾性部材２３に加わる力の作用によって、弾性部材２３が弾性的に変形することを意味する。この点について、具体的に説明する。 The elastic member 23 having the above-mentioned configuration elastically deforms in the up-down directions UD, DD and the front-rear directions FD, BD as the backrest 2 rotates. The elastic member 23 is a member that applies a restoring force resulting from elastic deformation to the seat 1 and the backrest 2, returning the seat 1 and the backrest 2 to the front limit position 81. Here, the elastic deformation occurring in the elastic member 23 means that the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed by the action of a force applied to the elastic member 23. This point will be explained in detail.
　着座者が背中で背凭れ２を押していない椅子１００の状態を初期状態とする。
　着座者が背中で背凭れ２を押している椅子１００の状態を傾動状態とする。
　「弾性部材２３が弾性的に変形する」とは、椅子１００の状態が初期状態から傾動状態に変化する過程において、弾性部材２３が弾性的に変形することを意味する。
　ここで、椅子１００に弾性部材２３がアセンブリされた状態において、すなわち、初期状態においては、弾性部材２３においては予め弾性変形が生じてもよい。言い換えると、椅子１００に弾性部材２３がアセンブリされた状態において、弾性部材２３が椅子１００を構成する部材に対して復元力（初期反力）を付与してもよい。 The state of the chair 100 in which the seated person is not pressing against the backrest 2 with his/her back is defined as the initial state.
The state of the chair 100 in which the seated person presses the backrest 2 with his/her back is defined as a tilted state.
"The elastic member 23 is elastically deformed" means that the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed in the process in which the state of the chair 100 changes from the initial state to the tilted state.
Here, in a state where the elastic member 23 is assembled to the chair 100, i.e., in an initial state, elastic deformation may occur in advance in the elastic member 23. In other words, in a state where the elastic member 23 is assembled to the chair 100, the elastic member 23 may apply a restoring force (initial reaction force) to the members constituting the chair 100.
＜弾性部材支持部２４＞
　弾性部材支持部２４は、背受支持部２１Ａの背面２１Ｃに縦バネ部２３Ａを固定する部材である。弾性部材支持部２４は、不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて、縦バネ部２３Ａを背受支持部２１Ａの背面２１Ｃに締結する。 <Elastic member support portion 24>
The elastic member support portion 24 is a member that fixes the vertical spring portion 23A to the back surface 21C of the back support portion 21A. The elastic member support portion 24 fastens the vertical spring portion 23A to the back surface 21C of the back support portion 21A using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
＜背凭れカバー２５＞
　背凭れカバー２５は、弾性部材支持部２４及び縦バネ部２３Ａを覆うように縦アーム２０Ａに固定される。これにより、弾性部材支持部２４及び縦バネ部２３Ａは、椅子１００の外側に露出しない。背凭れカバー２５を縦アーム２０Ａに締結することで、椅子１００のデザイン性が向上する。 <Backrest cover 25>
The backrest cover 25 is fixed to the vertical arm 20A so as to cover the elastic member support portion 24 and the vertical spring portion 23A. As a result, the elastic member support portion 24 and the vertical spring portion 23A are not exposed to the outside of the chair 100. By fastening the backrest cover 25 to the vertical arm 20A, the design of the chair 100 is improved.
＜支持構造体３＞
　図１に示すように、支持構造体３は、座１の座板下面４Ｌ及び背凭れ２を支持する。これにより、支持構造体３は、床面ＦＳにおいて椅子１００を支持する。本実施形態においては、支持構造体３は、座板下面４Ｌを介して座１を支持しているが、支持構造体３は、座板下面４Ｌ以外の部位を介して座１を支持してもよい。例えば、支持構造体３は、座１は、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける座１の側面を介して座１を支持してもよい。
　支持構造体３は、脚部３０と、軸支持機構５０とを有する。 <Support structure 3>
1, the support structure 3 supports the seat bottom surface 4L and the backrest 2 of the seat 1. In this way, the support structure 3 supports the chair 100 on the floor surface FS. In this embodiment, the support structure 3 supports the seat 1 via the seat bottom surface 4L, but the support structure 3 may support the seat 1 via a portion other than the seat bottom surface 4L. For example, the support structure 3 may support the seat 1 via the side surfaces of the seat 1 in the left-right directions RD and LD.
The support structure 3 has legs 30 and a shaft support mechanism 50 .
＜脚部３０＞
　図１に示すように、脚部３０は、床面ＦＳ上に設置される。
　脚部３０は、複数のキャスタ３１ａ付きの多岐脚３１と、多岐脚３１の中央部より起立し昇降機構であるガススプリング３２が内蔵された脚柱３３と、を有している。脚柱３３は、内筒３４と、外筒３５と、を有している。外筒３５は、多岐脚３１に回転不能に嵌合して支持されている。内筒３４の下部は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに平行な軸の回りで回転可能である。言い換えると、内筒３４の下部は、外筒３５に対して相対的に回転可能に支持されている。内筒３４の上部は、軸支持機構５０を構成する支基６０に固定されている。 <Leg 30>
As shown in FIG. 1, the legs 30 are placed on a floor surface FS.
The leg 30 has a mandrel 31 with a plurality of casters 31a, and a leg pillar 33 that stands from the center of the mandrel 31 and has a built-in gas spring 32 that serves as a lifting mechanism. The leg pillar 33 has an inner cylinder 34 and an outer cylinder 35. The outer cylinder 35 is non-rotatably fitted and supported by the mandrel 31. The lower part of the inner cylinder 34 is rotatable around an axis parallel to the up-down directions UD and DD. In other words, the lower part of the inner cylinder 34 is supported rotatably relative to the outer cylinder 35. The upper part of the inner cylinder 34 is fixed to a support base 60 that constitutes the shaft support mechanism 50.
　ガススプリング３２としては、公知のガススプリングが用いられる。ガススプリング３２は、例えば、シリンダ３２Ａと、ピストン３２Ｂと、ロック機構３２Ｃとを有する。シリンダ３２Ａには、圧縮ガスが充填されている。ピストン３２Ｂは、シリンダ３２Ａの内部で上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて移動可能である。ロック機構３２Ｃは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおけるピストン３２Ｂの位置を固定し、又は、ピストン３２Ｂの位置の固定状態を解除する機構である。具体的に、ロック機構３２Ｃは、上方向ＵＤに向けてガススプリング３２から突出するロック解除突起部３２Ｄを有する。図４に示すように、ロック解除突起部３２Ｄは、押圧部１２の押圧力発生部１２Ｇに摺動可能に接触している。 A known gas spring is used as the gas spring 32. The gas spring 32 has, for example, a cylinder 32A, a piston 32B, and a locking mechanism 32C. The cylinder 32A is filled with compressed gas. The piston 32B is movable in the vertical directions UD and DD inside the cylinder 32A. The locking mechanism 32C is a mechanism for fixing the position of the piston 32B in the vertical directions UD and DD, or for releasing the fixed state of the position of the piston 32B. Specifically, the locking mechanism 32C has an unlocking protrusion 32D that protrudes from the gas spring 32 in the upward direction UD. As shown in FIG. 4, the unlocking protrusion 32D is in slidable contact with the pressing force generating portion 12G of the pressing portion 12.
＜座受部材４０の具体的構造＞
　座受部材４０は、座本体４、第１軸部７１、及び第２軸部７２を支持する部材である。
　図２、図５Ａ、図７、図８、図１２、及び図１３に示すように、座受部材４０は、座板下面４Ｌにおいて支持機構収容部６に収容されている。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤ、すなわち、水平方向における支持機構収容部６の大きさは、座受部材４０の大きさに応じて設定されている。支持機構収容部６の深さ６Ｄは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおける座受部材４０の高さ４０Ｈよりも大きくなるように設定されている。
　言い換えると、支持機構収容部６は、座受部材４０を支持機構収容部６の内部に収容することが可能である。左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに見て、座受部材４０は、座本体４に重なっている。 <Specific structure of seat receiving member 40>
The seat receiving member 40 is a member that supports the seat body 4 , the first shaft portion 71 , and the second shaft portion 72 .
2, 5A, 7, 8, 12, and 13, the seat receiving member 40 is accommodated in the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 on the underside 4L of the seat plate. The size of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 in the front-rear directions FD, BD and the left-right directions RD, LD, i.e., in the horizontal direction, is set according to the size of the seat receiving member 40. The depth 6D of the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 is set to be larger than the height 40H of the seat receiving member 40 in the up-down directions UD and DD.
In other words, the support mechanism housing portion 6 is capable of housing the seat receiving member 40 inside the support mechanism housing portion 6. The seat receiving member 40 overlaps the seat main body 4 when viewed in the left-right directions RD and LD.
　座受部材４０は、第１座受部材４１と第２座受部材４２とによって構成されている。
　第１座受部材４１及び第２座受部材４２の各々は、金属板で構成されている。例えば、公知の板金加工によって、第１座受部材４１及び第２座受部材４２の各々が形成されている。座１に着座した着座者を支持するための十分な強度を有する強度部材で構成されていれば、座受部材４０を形成する材料の種類又は金属板の厚さは、特に限定されない。 The seat receiving member 40 is constituted by a first seat receiving member 41 and a second seat receiving member 42 .
Each of the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42 is made of a metal plate. For example, each of the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42 is formed by known sheet metal processing. As long as it is made of a strength member having sufficient strength to support a person seated on the seat 1, the type of material forming the seat receiving member 40 or the thickness of the metal plate is not particularly limited.
＜第１座受部材４１＞
　第１座受部材４１は、第１板本体４１Ａと、第１右板部４１Ｂと、第１左板部４１Ｃとを有する。
　第１板本体４１Ａは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ又は前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延びる。第１板本体４１Ａは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、第１右板部４１Ｂと第１左板部４１Ｃとに接続されている。第１板本体４１Ａには、４つの貫通穴４１Ｄが設けられている。第１板本体４１Ａにおける４つの貫通穴４１Ｄの位置は、支持凹部面６Ａに形成された４つの座受締結穴６Ｂの位置に一対一で対応している。不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて、第１板本体４１Ａは、支持機構収容部６に締結され、座本体４に固定される。
　第１座受部材４１と座本体４とを固定する固定構造としては、例えば、ネジを用いた公知の固定構造が採用される。なお、固定構造は、ネジ固定に限られない。 <First seat receiving member 41>
The first seat receiving member 41 has a first plate body 41A, a first right plate portion 41B, and a first left plate portion 41C.
The first plate body 41A extends parallel to the front-rear direction FD, BD or in a direction inclined to the front-rear direction FD, BD. The first plate body 41A is connected to the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C in the left-right direction RD, LD. The first plate body 41A is provided with four through holes 41D. The positions of the four through holes 41D in the first plate body 41A correspond one-to-one to the positions of the four seat fastening holes 6B formed in the support recess surface 6A. The first plate body 41A is fastened to the support mechanism accommodating portion 6 and fixed to the seat body 4 using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown).
As a fixing structure for fixing the first seat receiving member 41 and the seat body 4, for example, a known fixing structure using a screw is adopted. However, the fixing structure is not limited to the screw fixing.
　第１右板部４１Ｂは、右方向ＲＤにおける第１板本体４１Ａの右端部４１Ｅから下方向ＤＤに延びる部位である。第１右板部４１Ｂには、第１右前穴４１Ｇと第１右後穴４１Ｈとが形成されている。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第１右前穴４１Ｇは、第１右後穴４１Ｈよりも前方の位置に設けられた穴である。言い換えると、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第１右後穴４１Ｈは、第１右前穴４１Ｇよりも後方の位置に設けられた穴である。 The first right plate portion 41B is a portion that extends in the downward direction DD from the right end portion 41E of the first plate body 41A in the right direction RD. A first right front hole 41G and a first right rear hole 41H are formed in the first right plate portion 41B. In the front-to-rear directions FD and BD, the first right front hole 41G is a hole that is provided in a position forward of the first right rear hole 41H. In other words, in the front-to-rear directions FD and BD, the first right rear hole 41H is a hole that is provided in a position rearward of the first right front hole 41G.
　第１左板部４１Ｃは、左方向ＬＤにおける第１板本体４１Ａの左端部４１Ｆから下方向ＤＤに延びる部位である。第１左板部４１Ｃには、第１左前穴４１Ｉと第１左後穴４１Ｊとが形成されている。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第１左前穴４１Ｉは、第１左後穴４１Ｊよりも前方の位置に設けられた穴である。言い換えると、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第１左後穴４１Ｊは、第１左前穴４１Ｉよりも後方の位置に設けられた穴である。 The first left plate portion 41C is a portion that extends in the downward direction DD from the left end portion 41F of the first plate body 41A in the left direction LD. A first left front hole 41I and a first left rear hole 41J are formed in the first left plate portion 41C. In the front-to-rear directions FD and BD, the first left front hole 41I is a hole that is provided in a position forward of the first left rear hole 41J. In other words, in the front-to-rear directions FD and BD, the first left rear hole 41J is a hole that is provided in a position rearward of the first left front hole 41I.
　左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける第１右板部４１Ｂと第１左板部４１Ｃとの間には、第１座受空間４１Ｋが形成されている。言い換えると、第１座受部材４１は、下方向ＤＤに開口する略Ｃ字形状に形成されている。第１座受空間４１Ｋには、第２座受部材４２が配置される。左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける第１右板部４１Ｂと第１左板部４１Ｃとの間の距離は、第２座受部材４２の第２右板部４２Ｂと第２左板部４２Ｃとの間の距離よりも大きい。 A first seat receiving space 41K is formed between the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C in the left-right directions RD and LD. In other words, the first seat receiving member 41 is formed in a roughly C-shape that opens in the downward direction DD. A second seat receiving member 42 is disposed in the first seat receiving space 41K. The distance between the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C in the left-right directions RD and LD is greater than the distance between the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C of the second seat receiving member 42.
＜第２座受部材４２＞
　第２座受部材４２は、第２板本体４２Ａと、第２右板部４２Ｂと、第２左板部４２Ｃとを有する。
　第２板本体４２Ａは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ又は前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延びる。第２板本体４２Ａは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、第２右板部４２Ｂと第２左板部４２Ｃとに接続されている。第２板本体４２Ａは、不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて、弾性部材２３に固定されている。第２板本体４２Ａには、アーム固定穴４２Ｋが形成されている。アーム固定穴４２Ｋは、座受部材４０に横バネ部２３Ｂを固定するためのネジ穴である。 <Second seat receiving member 42>
The second seat receiving member 42 has a second plate body 42A, a second right plate portion 42B, and a second left plate portion 42C.
The second plate body 42A extends parallel to the front-rear direction FD, BD or in a direction inclined to the front-rear direction FD, BD. The second plate body 42A is connected to the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C in the left-right direction RD, LD. The second plate body 42A is fixed to the elastic member 23 using a fastening member such as a bolt (not shown). An arm fixing hole 42K is formed in the second plate body 42A. The arm fixing hole 42K is a screw hole for fixing the horizontal spring portion 23B to the seat receiving member 40.
　第２右板部４２Ｂは、右方向ＲＤにおける第２板本体４２Ａの右端部４２Ｅから上方向ＵＤに延びる部位である。第２右板部４２Ｂには、第２右前穴４２Ｇと第２右後穴４２Ｈとが形成されている。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第２右前穴４２Ｇは、第２右後穴４２Ｈよりも前方の位置に設けられた穴である。言い換えると、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第２右後穴４２Ｈは、第２右前穴４２Ｇよりも後方の位置に設けられた穴である。 The second right plate portion 42B is a portion that extends in the upward direction UD from the right end portion 42E of the second plate body 42A in the right direction RD. A second right front hole 42G and a second right rear hole 42H are formed in the second right plate portion 42B. In the front-to-rear directions FD and BD, the second right front hole 42G is a hole that is provided in a position forward of the second right rear hole 42H. In other words, in the front-to-rear directions FD and BD, the second right rear hole 42H is a hole that is provided in a position rearward of the second right front hole 42G.
　第２左板部４２Ｃは、左方向ＬＤにおける第２板本体４２Ａの左端部４２Ｆから上方向ＵＤに延びる部位である。第２左板部４２Ｃには、第２左前穴４２Ｉと第２左後穴４２Ｊとが形成されている。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第２左前穴４２Ｉは、第２左後穴４２Ｊよりも前方の位置に設けられた穴である。言い換えると、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、第２左後穴４２Ｊは、第２左前穴４２Ｉよりも後方の位置に設けられた穴である。
　左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける第２右板部４２Ｂと第２左板部４２Ｃとの間には、第２座受空間４２Ｌが形成されている。言い換えると、第２座受空間４２Ｌは、上方向ＵＤに開口する略Ｃ字形状に形成されている。 The second left plate portion 42C is a portion extending in the upward direction UD from the left end portion 42F of the second plate body 42A in the left direction LD. A second left front hole 42I and a second left rear hole 42J are formed in the second left plate portion 42C. In the front-rear directions FD and BD, the second left front hole 42I is a hole provided in a position forward of the second left rear hole 42J. In other words, in the front-rear directions FD and BD, the second left rear hole 42J is a hole provided in a position rearward of the second left front hole 42I.
A second seat receiving space 42L is formed between the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C in the left-right directions RD and LD. In other words, the second seat receiving space 42L is formed in a substantially C-shape that opens in the upward direction UD.
　図１２及び図１３に示すように、座受部材４０は、第１板本体４１Ａと第２板本体４２Ａとが対向するように第１座受部材４１と第２座受部材４２が組み合わされることによって構成されている。この構造では、第２右板部４２Ｂ及び第２左板部４２Ｃの先端が第１板本体４１Ａに接触することで、第１座受部材４１と第２座受部材４２との間の隙間が規定される。この隙間は、弾性部材２３の横バネ部２３Ｂが挿入される弾性部材挿入孔４３である。言い換えると、弾性部材挿入孔４３は、第１座受空間４１Ｋ及び第２座受空間４２Ｌに共通する空間に連通する穴である。弾性部材挿入孔４３を通じて座受部材４０の内部に挿入された弾性部材２３は、第２座受空間４２Ｌに達し、第２板本体４２Ａに固定される。 12 and 13, the seat receiving member 40 is constructed by combining the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42 so that the first plate body 41A and the second plate body 42A face each other. In this structure, the tips of the second right plate portion 42B and the second left plate portion 42C contact the first plate body 41A, thereby defining a gap between the first seat receiving member 41 and the second seat receiving member 42. This gap is the elastic member insertion hole 43 into which the horizontal spring portion 23B of the elastic member 23 is inserted. In other words, the elastic member insertion hole 43 is a hole that communicates with the space common to the first seat receiving space 41K and the second seat receiving space 42L. The elastic member 23 inserted into the seat receiving member 40 through the elastic member insertion hole 43 reaches the second seat receiving space 42L and is fixed to the second plate body 42A.
　弾性部材挿入孔４３に横バネ部２３Ｂが挿入された状態で、座受締結部材４４は、横バネ部２３Ｂの第２端部穴２３Ｈ２を通り、アーム固定穴４２Ｋにネジ止めされる。これにより、横バネ部２３Ｂは第２座受部材４２に連結される。座受締結部材４４は、例えば、公知のボルトである。
　本実施形態においては、一例として、座受締結部材４４によって横バネ部２３Ｂが座受部材４０に連結された連結構造を採用している。横バネ部２３Ｂを座受部材４０に連結可能であれば、連結構造は、図１２及び図１３に示す構造に限定されない。連結構造が座受部材４０に設けられる位置は限定されない。 With the horizontal spring portion 23B inserted into the elastic member insertion hole 43, the seat receiving fastening member 44 passes through the second end hole 23H2 of the horizontal spring portion 23B and is screwed into the arm fixing hole 42K. This connects the horizontal spring portion 23B to the second seat receiving member 42. The seat receiving fastening member 44 is, for example, a known bolt.
In the present embodiment, as an example, a connection structure is adopted in which the horizontal spring portion 23B is connected to the seat receiving member 40 by the seat receiving fastening member 44. As long as the horizontal spring portion 23B can be connected to the seat receiving member 40, the connection structure is not limited to the structure shown in Figures 12 and 13. The position at which the connection structure is provided on the seat receiving member 40 is not limited.
＜軸支持機構５０＞
　図１、図４、図５Ａ、及び図９～図１１に示すように、軸支持機構５０は、座支持軸部５０Ａと、背支持軸部５０Ｂと、位置変換機構５０Ｃと、支基６０と、支基カバー６５と、回動規制ピン７５とを有する。
　座支持軸部５０Ａは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して座１が移動可能なように座１を支持する。背支持軸部５０Ｂは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに延び、背凭れ２を回動可能に支持する。位置変換機構５０Ｃは、座支持軸部５０Ａ及び背支持軸部５０Ｂに対して回動可能に支持されている。位置変換機構５０Ｃは、背凭れ２の回動に起因する背凭れ２の位置の変位を、座１の位置の変位に変換するように構成されている。
　位置変換機構５０Ｃは、背凭れ２と、前記座１とを機構的に連係させている。背凭れ２の回動に起因する背凭れ２の位置の変位を、座１の位置の変位に変換するように位置変換機構５０Ｃが構成されていれば、位置変換機構５０Ｃの構造は本実施形態に限定されない。 <Shaft support mechanism 50>
As shown in Figures 1, 4, 5A, and 9 to 11, the axis support mechanism 50 has a seat support axis portion 50A, a back support axis portion 50B, a position conversion mechanism 50C, a support base 60, a support base cover 65, and a rotation control pin 75.
The seat support shaft 50A supports the seat 1 so that the seat 1 can move in the front-rear directions FD and BD. The back support shaft 50B extends in the left-right directions RD and LD and rotatably supports the backrest 2. The position conversion mechanism 50C is rotatably supported by the seat support shaft 50A and the back support shaft 50B. The position conversion mechanism 50C is configured to convert the displacement of the position of the backrest 2 caused by the rotation of the backrest 2 into the displacement of the position of the seat 1.
The position conversion mechanism 50C mechanically links the backrest 2 and the seat 1. As long as the position conversion mechanism 50C is configured to convert the displacement of the position of the backrest 2 caused by the rotation of the backrest 2 into the displacement of the position of the seat 1, the structure of the position conversion mechanism 50C is not limited to the present embodiment.
　座支持軸部５０Ａは、座１を回動可能に支持する第１軸部７１と、座１を回動可能に支持する第２軸部７２とを有する。
　背支持軸部５０Ｂは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて第１軸部７１よりも下方に位置する。背支持軸部５０Ｂは、背凭れ２を回動可能に支持する第３軸部７３である。
　位置変換機構５０Ｃは、第４軸部７４と、支持コネクタ５１と、支持リンク５５とを有する。第４軸部７４は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて第２軸部７２よりも下方に位置する。支持コネクタ５１は、第１軸部７１に回動可能に支持され、第３軸部７３に回動可能に支持され、かつ、背凭れ２に連結されている。支持リンク５５は、第２軸部７２に回動可能に支持され、かつ、第４軸部７４に回動可能に支持されている。支持コネクタ５１及び支持リンク５５は、弾性部材２３の復元力により、座１及び背凭れ２を前限位置８１に戻すように構成されている。 The seat support shaft portion 50A has a first shaft portion 71 that rotatably supports the seat 1, and a second shaft portion 72 that rotatably supports the seat 1.
The back support shaft portion 50B is located lower in the up-down directions UD and DD than the first shaft portion 71. The back support shaft portion 50B is a third shaft portion 73 that supports the backrest 2 rotatably.
The position conversion mechanism 50C has a fourth shaft portion 74, a support connector 51, and a support link 55. The fourth shaft portion 74 is located lower than the second shaft portion 72 in the up-down directions UD and DD. The support connector 51 is rotatably supported by the first shaft portion 71, rotatably supported by the third shaft portion 73, and connected to the backrest 2. The support link 55 is rotatably supported by the second shaft portion 72, and rotatably supported by the fourth shaft portion 74. The support connector 51 and the support link 55 are configured to return the seat 1 and the backrest 2 to the front limit position 81 by the restoring force of the elastic member 23.
　支持コネクタ５１及び支持リンク５５の各々は、金属板で構成されている。例えば、公知の板金加工によって、支持コネクタ５１及び支持リンク５５の各々は形成されている。座１に着座した着座者を支持するための十分な強度を有する強度部材で構成されていれば、支持コネクタ５１及び支持リンク５５を形成する材料の種類又は金属板の厚さは、特に限定されない。 Each of the support connector 51 and the support link 55 is made of a metal plate. For example, each of the support connector 51 and the support link 55 is formed by known sheet metal processing. There are no particular limitations on the type of material or thickness of the metal plate that forms the support connector 51 and the support link 55, so long as they are made of a strength member that is strong enough to support an occupant seated on the seat 1.
＜支持コネクタ５１＞
　図９、図１２、及び図１３に示すように、支持コネクタ５１は、コネクタ接続板部５１Ａと、コネクタ右板部５１Ｂと、コネクタ左板部５１Ｃとを有する。
　コネクタ接続板部５１Ａは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ又は上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延びる。コネクタ接続板部５１Ａは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、コネクタ右板部５１Ｂとコネクタ左板部５１Ｃとに接続されている。 <Support connector 51>
As shown in FIGS. 9, 12, and 13, the support connector 51 has a connector connecting plate portion 51A, a right connector plate portion 51B, and a left connector plate portion 51C.
Connector connection plate portion 51A extends parallel to the up-down directions UD, DD or in a direction inclined to the up-down directions UD, DD. Connector connection plate portion 51A is connected to right connector plate portion 51B and left connector plate portion 51C in the left-right directions RD, LD.
　支持コネクタ５１は、第１軸部７１及び第３軸部７３の各々に回動可能に支持されている。支持コネクタ５１は、アーム部２０を支持する。支持コネクタ５１は、アーム部２０に対して脱着可能である。支持コネクタ５１は、「アーム支持部」の一例である。 The support connector 51 is rotatably supported by each of the first shaft portion 71 and the third shaft portion 73. The support connector 51 supports the arm portion 20. The support connector 51 is detachable from the arm portion 20. The support connector 51 is an example of an "arm support portion."
　コネクタ右板部５１Ｂは、右方向ＲＤにおけるコネクタ接続板部５１Ａの右端部５２から前方向ＦＤに延びる部位である。コネクタ右板部５１Ｂは、右上板部５１Ｄと、右下板部５１Ｅと、右接続板部５１Ｆを有する。右接続板部５１Ｆは、右上板部５１Ｄと右下板部５１Ｅとを接続する。上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、右上板部５１Ｄは、右下板部５１Ｅよりも上方に位置する。右上板部５１Ｄにはコネクタ右上穴５１Ｇが形成されている。右下板部５１Ｅにはコネクタ右下穴５１Ｈが形成されている。右上板部５１Ｄは、第１軸部７１に回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第１コネクタ支持部」の一例である。右下板部５１Ｅは、第３軸部７３に回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第２コネクタ支持部」の一例である。 The connector right plate portion 51B is a portion that extends in the forward direction FD from the right end portion 52 of the connector connection plate portion 51A in the right direction RD. The connector right plate portion 51B has an upper right plate portion 51D, a lower right plate portion 51E, and a right connecting plate portion 51F. The right connecting plate portion 51F connects the upper right plate portion 51D and the lower right plate portion 51E. In the vertical directions UD and DD, the upper right plate portion 51D is located higher than the lower right plate portion 51E. The upper right plate portion 51D has an upper right connector hole 51G formed therein. The lower right plate portion 51E has a lower right connector hole 51H formed therein. The upper right plate portion 51D is a portion that is rotatably supported by the first shaft portion 71, and is an example of a "first connector support portion." The lower right plate portion 51E is a portion that is rotatably supported by the third shaft portion 73, and is an example of a "second connector support portion."
　コネクタ右板部５１Ｂには、コネクタ右板部５１Ｂの右外側面５１Ｉから右方向ＲＤに向けて突出する右アーム係合部５１Ｊが形成されている。右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに直交する断面において、円形形状を有する。右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、「アーム係合部」の一例である。右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、支持コネクタ５１を第１支持アーム２０Ｆに連結する際に、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの第１アーム溝２７Ｆに嵌合する部位である。 The right connector plate portion 51B is formed with a right arm engagement portion 51J that protrudes in the right direction RD from the right outer surface 51I of the right connector plate portion 51B. The right arm engagement portion 51J has a circular shape in a cross section perpendicular to the left-right directions RD and LD. The right arm engagement portion 51J is an example of an "arm engagement portion." The right arm engagement portion 51J is a portion that fits into the first arm groove 27F of the first support arm 20F when the support connector 51 is connected to the first support arm 20F.
　さらに、右下板部５１Ｅには、右長穴５１Ｋが形成されている。右長穴５１Ｋは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、コネクタ接続板部５１Ａとコネクタ右下穴５１Ｈとの間に位置する。右長穴５１Ｋは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ又は上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに傾斜する方向に延びる。右長穴５１Ｋは、回動規制ピン７５が挿入される部位である。 Furthermore, a right long hole 51K is formed in the right lower plate portion 51E. The right long hole 51K is located between the connector connection plate portion 51A and the connector right lower hole 51H in the front-rear directions FD, BD. The right long hole 51K extends in the up-down directions UD, DD or in a direction inclined toward the up-down directions UD, DD. The right long hole 51K is the portion into which the rotation restriction pin 75 is inserted.
　コネクタ左板部５１Ｃは、左方向ＬＤにおけるコネクタ接続板部５１Ａの左端部５３から前方向ＦＤに延びる部位である。コネクタ左板部５１Ｃは、左上板部５１Ｌと、左下板部５１Ｍと、左接続板部５１Ｎを有する。左接続板部５１Ｎは、左上板部５１Ｌと左下板部５１Ｍとを接続する。上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、左上板部５１Ｌは、左下板部５１Ｍよりも上方に位置する。左上板部５１Ｌにはコネクタ左上穴５１Ｏが形成されている。左下板部５１Ｍにはコネクタ左下穴５１Ｐが形成されている。左上板部５１Ｌは、第１軸部７１に回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第１コネクタ支持部」の一例である。左下板部５１Ｍは、第３軸部７３に回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第２コネクタ支持部」の一例である。 The connector left plate portion 51C is a portion extending in the forward direction FD from the left end portion 53 of the connector connection plate portion 51A in the left direction LD. The connector left plate portion 51C has an upper left plate portion 51L, a lower left plate portion 51M, and a left connecting plate portion 51N. The left connecting plate portion 51N connects the upper left plate portion 51L and the lower left plate portion 51M. In the up-down directions UD and DD, the upper left plate portion 51L is located above the lower left plate portion 51M. An upper left connector hole 51O is formed in the upper left plate portion 51L. A lower left connector hole 51P is formed in the lower left plate portion 51M. The upper left plate portion 51L is a portion rotatably supported by the first shaft portion 71 and is an example of a "first connector support portion." The lower left plate portion 51M is a portion rotatably supported by the third shaft portion 73 and is an example of a "second connector support portion."
　コネクタ左板部５１Ｃには、コネクタ左板部５１Ｃの左外側面５１Ｑから左方向ＬＤに向けて突出する左アーム係合部５１Ｒが形成されている。左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに直交する断面において、円形形状を有する。左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、「アーム係合部」の一例である。左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、支持コネクタ５１を第２支持アーム２０Ｓに連結する際に、第２支持アーム２０Ｓの第２アーム溝２７Ｓに嵌合する部位である。 The left connector plate portion 51C is formed with a left arm engagement portion 51R that protrudes from the left outer surface 51Q of the left connector plate portion 51C in the left direction LD. The left arm engagement portion 51R has a circular shape in a cross section perpendicular to the left-right directions RD, LD. The left arm engagement portion 51R is an example of an "arm engagement portion." The left arm engagement portion 51R is a portion that fits into the second arm groove 27S of the second support arm 20S when connecting the support connector 51 to the second support arm 20S.
　さらに、左下板部５１Ｍには、左長穴５１Ｓが形成されている。左長穴５１Ｓは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、コネクタ接続板部５１Ａとコネクタ左下穴５１Ｐとの間に位置する。左長穴５１Ｓは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ又は上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに傾斜する方向に延びる。左長穴５１Ｓは、回動規制ピン７５が挿入される部位である。 Furthermore, a left long hole 51S is formed in the left lower plate portion 51M. The left long hole 51S is located between the connector connection plate portion 51A and the connector left lower hole 51P in the front-rear directions FD, BD. The left long hole 51S extends in the up-down directions UD, DD or in a direction inclined toward the up-down directions UD, DD. The left long hole 51S is the portion into which the rotation restriction pin 75 is inserted.
　支持コネクタ５１は、右上板部５１Ｄと右下板部５１Ｅとの間には、切欠部５１Ｘが形成されている。同様に、左上板部５１Ｌと左下板部５１Ｍとの間には、切欠部５１Ｙが形成されている。切欠部５１Ｘ、５１Ｙは、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに見て略Ｕ字形状に形成されている。 The support connector 51 has a notch 51X formed between the upper right plate 51D and the lower right plate 51E. Similarly, a notch 51Y is formed between the upper left plate 51L and the lower left plate 51M. The notches 51X and 51Y are formed in a roughly U-shape when viewed in the left-right directions RD and LD.
　左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおけるコネクタ右板部５１Ｂとコネクタ左板部５１Ｃとの間には、コネクタ空間５１Ｔが形成されている。コネクタ空間５１Ｔ内には、第１座受部材４１、第２座受部材４２、支持リンク５５、及び支基６０が配置される。左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおけるコネクタ右板部５１Ｂとコネクタ左板部５１Ｃとの間の距離は、第１座受部材４１の第１右板部４１Ｂと第１左板部４１Ｃとの間の距離よりも大きい。 A connector space 51T is formed between the connector right plate portion 51B and the connector left plate portion 51C in the left-right directions RD and LD. The first seat receiving member 41, the second seat receiving member 42, the support link 55, and the support base 60 are arranged within the connector space 51T. The distance between the connector right plate portion 51B and the connector left plate portion 51C in the left-right directions RD and LD is greater than the distance between the first right plate portion 41B and the first left plate portion 41C of the first seat receiving member 41.
＜支持リンク５５＞
　図１２及び図１３に示すように、軸支持機構５０は、２つの支持リンク５５を有する。具体的に、軸支持機構５０は、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、右側に位置する右支持リンク５６と、左側に位置する左支持リンク５７とを有する。右支持リンク５６及び左支持リンク５７の各々は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ又は上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに傾斜する方向に平行な部位である。 <Support link 55>
12 and 13, the shaft support mechanism 50 has two support links 55. Specifically, the shaft support mechanism 50 has a right support link 56 located on the right side and a left support link 57 located on the left side in the left-right directions RD, LD. Each of the right support link 56 and the left support link 57 is a portion that is parallel to the up-down directions UD, DD or a direction that inclines in the up-down directions UD, DD.
　右支持リンク５６は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ又は上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延びる。右支持リンク５６には、リンク右上穴５６Ｕとリンク右下穴５６Ｌとが形成されている。上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、リンク右上穴５６Ｕは、リンク右下穴５６Ｌよりも上方に位置する。リンク右上穴５６Ｕは、第２軸部７２に対して回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第１リンク支持部」の一例である。リンク右下穴５６Ｌは、第４軸部７４に対して回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第２リンク支持部」の一例である。 The right support link 56 extends parallel to the up-down direction UD, DD or in a direction inclined in the up-down direction UD, DD. The right support link 56 is formed with an upper right link hole 56U and a lower right link hole 56L. In the up-down directions UD, DD, the upper right link hole 56U is located higher than the lower right link hole 56L. The upper right link hole 56U is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the second shaft portion 72, and is an example of a "first link support portion." The lower right link hole 56L is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the fourth shaft portion 74, and is an example of a "second link support portion."
　左支持リンク５７は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤ又は上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延びる。左支持リンク５７には、リンク左上穴５７Ｕとリンク左下穴５７Ｌとが形成されている。上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、リンク左上穴５７Ｕは、リンク左下穴５７Ｌよりも上方に位置する。リンク左上穴５７Ｕは、第２軸部７２に対して回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第１リンク支持部」の一例である。リンク左下穴５７Ｌは、第４軸部７４に対して回動可能に支持される部位であり、「第２リンク支持部」の一例である。 The left support link 57 extends parallel to the up-down direction UD, DD or in a direction inclined in the up-down direction UD, DD. An upper left link hole 57U and a lower left link hole 57L are formed in the left support link 57. In the up-down directions UD, DD, the upper left link hole 57U is positioned higher than the lower left link hole 57L. The upper left link hole 57U is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the second shaft portion 72, and is an example of a "first link support portion." The lower left link hole 57L is a portion that is rotatably supported relative to the fourth shaft portion 74, and is an example of a "second link support portion."
＜支基６０＞
　図１０、図１２、及び図１３に示すように、支基６０は、脚部３０の上部に設置されるボックス形状を有する。具体的に、支基６０のボックス形状は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ又は前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延び、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて幅を有し、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて厚さを有する。支基６０は、脚部３０の上部に設置された状態で、第３軸部７３及び第４軸部７４を支持する。 <Support Base 60>
10, 12, and 13, the support base 60 has a box shape and is installed on the upper part of the leg 30. Specifically, the box shape of the support base 60 extends parallel to the front-rear directions FD, BD or in a direction inclined to the front-rear directions FD, BD, has a width in the left-right directions RD, LD, and has a thickness in the up-down directions UD, DD. When installed on the upper part of the leg 30, the support base 60 supports the third shaft portion 73 and the fourth shaft portion 74.
　上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、支基６０は、支基下面６１と支基上面６２とを有する。支基下面６１は、ボックス形状の下面を形成する。支基上面６２は、ボックス形状の上面を形成する。
　左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、支基６０は、支基右側部６３と支基左側部６４とを有する。支基右側部６３及び支基左側部６４は、ボックス形状の２つの側面を形成する。 In the up-down directions UD and DD, the support base 60 has a support base lower surface 61 and a support base upper surface 62. The support base lower surface 61 forms a lower surface of the box shape. The support base upper surface 62 forms an upper surface of the box shape.
In the left-right directions RD and LD, the support base 60 has a support base right side 63 and a support base left side 64. The support base right side 63 and the support base left side 64 form two side surfaces of the box shape.
　支基下面６１は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに傾斜する方向に平行に延びる。支基下面６１は、支基右側部６３と支基左側部６４とに接続されている。支基下面６１には、脚部３０の外筒３５が接続される脚接続部６１Ａが設けられている。言い換えると、支基６０は、脚接続部６１Ａを介して脚部３０によって支持されている。
　支基上面６２には、上方向ＵＤに開口する支基開口６２Ａが形成されている。支基上面６２には、支基開口６２Ａを覆うように支基カバー６５が配置される。 The support base lower surface 61 extends parallel to the direction inclined in the front-rear direction FD, BD. The support base lower surface 61 is connected to a support base right side portion 63 and a support base left side portion 64. A leg connection portion 61A to which the outer tube 35 of the leg portion 30 is connected is provided on the support base lower surface 61. In other words, the support base 60 is supported by the leg portion 30 via the leg connection portion 61A.
A base opening 62A that opens in the upward direction UD is formed in the base upper surface 62. A base cover 65 is disposed on the base upper surface 62 so as to cover the base opening 62A.
　支基右側部６３には、右リンク支基支持部６３Ａが形成されている。支基右側部６３には、支基右前穴６３Ｂと、支基右後穴６３Ｃと、支基右中央穴６３Ｄとが形成されている。支基右後穴６３Ｃは、右リンク支基支持部６３Ａに形成されている。右リンク支基支持部６３Ａは、支基右側部６３から左方向ＬＤに向けて凹んだ部位である。右リンク支基支持部６３Ａは、上方向ＵＤ、後方向ＢＤ、及び右方向ＲＤに向けて開口している。すなわち、右リンク支基支持部６３Ａは、後方向ＢＤに向けて右リンク支基支持部６３Ａが傾動可能となるように、右支持リンク５６の一部を収容する凹状の部位である。例えば、右リンク支基支持部６３Ａに右支持リンク５６が支持されている状態では、右方向ＲＤにおいて支基右側部６３から右支持リンク５６が突出していない構造が採用されてもよい。 The right link base support part 63A is formed on the base right side 63. The right base hole 63B, the right rear hole 63C, and the right center hole 63D are formed on the base right side 63. The right rear hole 63C is formed on the right link base support part 63A. The right link base support part 63A is a part recessed from the base right side 63 toward the left direction LD. The right link base support part 63A opens toward the upward direction UD, the rear direction BD, and the right direction RD. In other words, the right link base support part 63A is a recessed part that accommodates a part of the right support link 56 so that the right link base support part 63A can tilt toward the rear direction BD. For example, when the right support link 56 is supported by the right link base support part 63A, a structure may be adopted in which the right support link 56 does not protrude from the base right side 63 in the right direction RD.
　前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、支基右中央穴６３Ｄは、支基右前穴６３Ｂと支基右後穴６３Ｃとの間に位置する。支基右前穴６３Ｂは、第３軸部７３を回動可能に支持する部位である。支基右後穴６３Ｃは、第４軸部７４を回動可能に支持する部位である。支基右中央穴６３Ｄは、回動規制ピン７５を支持する部位である。 In the front-rear directions FD and BD, the base right central hole 63D is located between the base right front hole 63B and the base right rear hole 63C. The base right front hole 63B is a portion that rotatably supports the third shaft portion 73. The base right rear hole 63C is a portion that rotatably supports the fourth shaft portion 74. The base right central hole 63D is a portion that supports the rotation restriction pin 75.
　支基左側部６４には、左リンク支基支持部６４Ａが形成されている。支基左側部６４には、支基左前穴６４Ｂと、支基左後穴６４Ｃと、支基左中央穴６４Ｄとが形成されている。支基左後穴６４Ｃは、左リンク支基支持部６４Ａに形成されている。左リンク支基支持部６４Ａは、支基左側部６４から右方向ＲＤに向けて凹んだ部位である。左リンク支基支持部６４Ａは、上方向ＵＤ、後方向ＢＤ、及び左方向ＬＤに向けて開口している。すなわち、左リンク支基支持部６４Ａは、後方向ＢＤに向けて左リンク支基支持部６４Ａが傾動可能となるように、左支持リンク５７の一部を収容する凹状の部位である。例えば、左リンク支基支持部６４Ａに左支持リンク５７が支持されている状態では、左方向ＬＤにおいて支基左側部６４から左支持リンク５７が突出していない構造が採用されてもよい。 The left link base support part 64A is formed on the left side of the base 64. The left side of the base 64 is formed with a left front hole 64B, a left rear hole 64C, and a left center hole 64D. The left rear hole 64C is formed on the left link base support part 64A. The left link base support part 64A is a part recessed from the left side of the base 64 toward the right direction RD. The left link base support part 64A is open toward the upward direction UD, the rear direction BD, and the left direction LD. In other words, the left link base support part 64A is a recessed part that accommodates a part of the left support link 57 so that the left link base support part 64A can tilt toward the rear direction BD. For example, when the left support link 57 is supported by the left link base support part 64A, a structure may be adopted in which the left support link 57 does not protrude from the left side of the base 64 in the left direction LD.
　言い換えると、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて、右方向ＲＤに面している右リンク支基支持部６３Ａを形成する凹面と、左方向ＬＤに面している左リンク支基支持部６４Ａを形成する凹面との間の距離は、支基右側部６３と支基左側部６４との間の距離よりも小さい。 In other words, in the left-right directions RD and LD, the distance between the concave surface forming the right link base support part 63A facing the right direction RD and the concave surface forming the left link base support part 64A facing the left direction LD is smaller than the distance between the base right side part 63 and the base left side part 64.
　前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて、支基左中央穴６４Ｄは、支基左前穴６４Ｂと支基左後穴６４Ｃとの間に位置する。支基左前穴６４Ｂは、第３軸部７３を回動可能に支持する部位である。支基左後穴６４Ｃは、第４軸部７４を回動可能に支持する部位である。支基左中央穴６４Ｄは、回動規制ピン７５を支持する部位である。 In the front-rear directions FD and BD, the base left central hole 64D is located between the base left front hole 64B and the base left rear hole 64C. The base left front hole 64B is a portion that rotatably supports the third shaft portion 73. The base left rear hole 64C is a portion that rotatably supports the fourth shaft portion 74. The base left central hole 64D is a portion that supports the rotation restriction pin 75.
　支基６０の内部には、脚柱３３の軸支持機構５０が内蔵されている。
　さらに、図４に示すように、支基６０の内部には、ガススプリング３２のロック解除突起部３２Ｄと、押圧部１２の押圧本体１２Ａの一部が位置する。具体的に、押圧部１２を構成する押圧力発生部１２Ｇが支基６０の内部に位置する。言い換えると、支基６０の内部において、ロック解除突起部３２Ｄと押圧力発生部１２Ｇとが互いに摺動可能である。 The support base 60 houses a shaft support mechanism 50 for the leg 33 .
4, the unlocking protrusion 32D of the gas spring 32 and a part of the pressing body 12A of the pressing unit 12 are located inside the support base 60. Specifically, the pressing force generating unit 12G constituting the pressing unit 12 is located inside the support base 60. In other words, inside the support base 60, the unlocking protrusion 32D and the pressing force generating unit 12G are slidable against each other.
＜支基カバー６５＞
　図１１に示すように、支基カバー６５は、略板状の形状を有する。支基カバー６５は、支基開口６２Ａを覆うように支基上面６２に設置される部材である。支基カバー６５は、前方カバー部６６と後方カバー部６７とを有する。支基６０に形成された右リンク支基支持部６３Ａ及び左リンク支基支持部６４Ａの形状に応じて、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける後方カバー部６７の幅は、前方カバー部６６の幅よりも小さい。支基カバー６５は、支基６０の内部構造を外観的に露出させない。 <Support base cover 65>
As shown in Fig. 11, the base cover 65 has a generally plate-like shape. The base cover 65 is a member that is installed on the base upper surface 62 so as to cover the base opening 62A. The base cover 65 has a front cover portion 66 and a rear cover portion 67. The width of the rear cover portion 67 in the left-right directions RD and LD is smaller than the width of the front cover portion 66 according to the shapes of the right link base support portion 63A and the left link base support portion 64A formed on the base 60. The base cover 65 does not externally expose the internal structure of the base 60.
　前方カバー部６６の上面には、カバー開口６８と機構支持部６９とが設けられている。カバー開口６８は、前方カバー部６６を貫通する。機構支持部６９は、押圧本体支持部６９Ａと、２つの側壁６９Ｂと、アウターチューブ固定部６９Ｃと、インナーワイヤ挿通部６９Ｄとを有する。押圧本体支持部６９Ａは、２つの側壁６９Ｂの間に設けられている。押圧本体支持部６９Ａは、押圧部１２の押圧支持軸１２Ｂを支持する部位である。
　つまり、支基カバー６５が支基６０に取り付けられた状態で、支基カバー６５は、押圧部１２を回動可能に支持している。 A cover opening 68 and a mechanism support portion 69 are provided on the upper surface of the front cover portion 66. The cover opening 68 penetrates the front cover portion 66. The mechanism support portion 69 has a pressing body support portion 69A, two side walls 69B, an outer tube fixing portion 69C, and an inner wire insertion portion 69D. The pressing body support portion 69A is provided between the two side walls 69B. The pressing body support portion 69A is a portion that supports the pressing support shaft 12B of the pressing portion 12.
In other words, when the support base cover 65 is attached to the support base 60, the support base cover 65 rotatably supports the pressing portion 12.
　押圧支持軸１２Ｂが押圧本体支持部６９Ａによって支持された状態では、押圧部１２の一部は、カバー開口６８を通じて、前方カバー部６６の上方の空間に露出する。前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに見て、押圧本体支持部６９Ａと２つの側壁６９Ｂとは重なっている。つまり、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに見て、２つの側壁６９Ｂは、押圧本体支持部６９Ａが露出することを防止している。 When the pressing support shaft 12B is supported by the pressing body support part 69A, a part of the pressing part 12 is exposed to the space above the front cover part 66 through the cover opening 68. When viewed in the front-rear directions FD and BD, the pressing body support part 69A and the two side walls 69B overlap. In other words, when viewed in the front-rear directions FD and BD, the two side walls 69B prevent the pressing body support part 69A from being exposed.
　アウターチューブ固定部６９Ｃは、２つの側壁６９Ｂの間に設けられている。アウターチューブ固定部６９Ｃは、図４に示すアウターチューブ１１Ａの端部を固定する部位である。これにより、アウターチューブは、支基カバー６５から移動しない状態が維持される。
　インナーワイヤ挿通部６９Ｄは、２つの側壁６９Ｂの間に設けられている。インナーワイヤ挿通部６９Ｄは、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂが通る凹部又は穴部である。インナーワイヤ１１Ｂは、インナーワイヤ挿通部６９Ｄを通じて、アウターチューブ１１Ａに対して相対移動が可能である。
　つまり、支基カバー６５は、支基６０の内部構造を外観的に露出させないだけでなく、ワイヤ構造体１１及び押圧部１２の支持機構の一部を構成する。 The outer tube fixing portion 69C is provided between the two side walls 69B. The outer tube fixing portion 69C is a portion for fixing an end portion of the outer tube 11A shown in FIG. 4. This keeps the outer tube from moving from the base cover 65.
The inner wire insertion portion 69D is provided between the two side walls 69B. The inner wire insertion portion 69D is a recess or hole through which the inner wire 11B passes. The inner wire 11B is capable of moving relative to the outer tube 11A through the inner wire insertion portion 69D.
In other words, the support base cover 65 not only prevents the internal structure of the support base 60 from being exposed to the outside, but also constitutes part of the support mechanism for the wire structure 11 and the pressing portion 12 .
＜第１軸部７１、第２軸部７２、第３軸部７３、第４軸部７４、及び回動規制ピン７５＞
　図５Ａに示すように、第１軸部７１、第２軸部７２、第３軸部７３、及び第４軸部７４、回動規制ピン７５の各々は、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤに延びる。このような軸部及びピンの各々は、例えば、公知の中実の棒状部材からなるシャフトである。これら４つの軸部の各々に対して回動可能に連結される部位には、穴が形成されている。４つの軸部の各々と穴との間には、ベアリングが配置されてもよい。４つの軸部の各々は、例えば、公知の金属ロッドで構成されている。座１に着座した着座者を支持するための十分な強度を有する強度部材で構成されていれば、４つの軸部の各々を形成する材料の種類又は金属ロッドの径は、特に限定されない。 <First shaft portion 71, second shaft portion 72, third shaft portion 73, fourth shaft portion 74, and rotation restriction pin 75>
As shown in FIG. 5A, the first shaft portion 71, the second shaft portion 72, the third shaft portion 73, the fourth shaft portion 74, and the rotation restriction pin 75 each extend in the left-right direction RD and LD. Each of these shaft portions and pins is, for example, a shaft made of a known solid rod-shaped member. A hole is formed in a portion that is rotatably connected to each of these four shaft portions. A bearing may be disposed between each of the four shaft portions and the hole. Each of the four shaft portions is, for example, made of a known metal rod. As long as it is made of a strength member having sufficient strength to support a seated person seated on the seat 1, the type of material forming each of the four shaft portions or the diameter of the metal rod is not particularly limited.
　本実施形態においては、第１軸部７１、第２軸部７２、第３軸部７３、第４軸部７４、及び回動規制ピン７５の各々が中実の棒状部材である場合を説明している。上記の軸部及びピンは、中実の棒状部材に限定されない。例えば、中空の棒状部材が上記の軸部及びピンに適用されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the first shaft portion 71, the second shaft portion 72, the third shaft portion 73, the fourth shaft portion 74, and the rotation restriction pin 75 are each described as being solid rod-shaped members. The above shaft portions and pins are not limited to being solid rod-shaped members. For example, hollow rod-shaped members may be used as the above shaft portions and pins.
＜軸支持機構５０の具体的構成＞
　図５Ａ、図６、図９、図１２、及び図１３を参照し、軸支持機構５０の具体的構成及び動作について説明する。図１２及び図１３においては、座１に固定された座受部材４０を示しているが、座１は省略されている。図１２は、背受部２１の傾動範囲８０のうち、背受部２１が前限位置８１にある状態を示している。図１３は、背受部２１の傾動範囲８０のうち、背受部２１が後限位置８２にある状態を示している。 <Specific Configuration of Shaft Support Mechanism 50>
The specific configuration and operation of the shaft support mechanism 50 will be described with reference to Figures 5A, 6, 9, 12, and 13. In Figures 12 and 13, the seat support member 40 fixed to the seat 1 is shown, but the seat 1 is omitted. Figure 12 shows a state in which the back support portion 21 is at a front limit position 81 within the tilt range 80 of the back support portion 21. Figure 13 shows a state in which the back support portion 21 is at a rear limit position 82 within the tilt range 80 of the back support portion 21.
＜第１軸部７１による支持構造＞
　第１軸部７１が延びる方向においては、支持コネクタ５１の左上板部５１Ｌから右方向ＲＤに向けて、支持コネクタ５１の左上板部５１Ｌ、第１座受部材４１の第１左板部４１Ｃ、第２座受部材４２の第２左板部４２Ｃ、第２座受部材４２の第２右板部４２Ｂ、第１座受部材４１の第１右板部４１Ｂ、及び支持コネクタ５１の右上板部５１Ｄが、順に並んでいる。
　第１軸部７１によって支持される上記部材のうち、互いに隣り合う２つの部材は互いに接触しないように離間してもよい。例えば、樹脂等のスペーサが２つの部材の間に配置されてもよい。 <Support structure by first shaft portion 71>
In the direction in which the first shaft portion 71 extends, the upper left plate portion 51L of the support connector 51, the first left plate portion 41C of the first seat receiving member 41, the second left plate portion 42C of the second seat receiving member 42, the second right plate portion 42B of the second seat receiving member 42, the first right plate portion 41B of the first seat receiving member 41, and the upper right plate portion 51D of the support connector 51 are arranged in order from the upper left plate portion 51L of the support connector 51 toward the right direction RD.
Among the above-mentioned members supported by the first shaft portion 71, two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other. For example, a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
　第１軸部７１は、第１座受部材４１の第１右前穴４１Ｇ及び第１左前穴４１Ｉと、第２座受部材４２の第２右前穴４２Ｇ及び第２左前穴４２Ｉと、支持コネクタ５１のコネクタ右上穴５１Ｇ及びコネクタ左上穴５１Ｏとを貫通している。これら６つの穴から第１軸部７１が脱落することを防止するため、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける第１軸部７１の両端に、例えば、Ｃリングが係合されてもよい。また、６つの穴の径よりも大きい径を有する大径部を第１軸部７１の一端に設け、Ｃリングを第１軸部７１の他端に係合してもよい。第１軸部７１の脱落を防止する構造は、特に限定されない。 The first shaft portion 71 passes through the first right front hole 41G and the first left front hole 41I of the first seat receiving member 41, the second right front hole 42G and the second left front hole 42I of the second seat receiving member 42, and the upper right connector hole 51G and the upper left connector hole 51O of the support connector 51. To prevent the first shaft portion 71 from falling off from these six holes, a C-ring, for example, may be engaged with both ends of the first shaft portion 71 in the left-right directions RD and LD. Also, a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the six holes may be provided at one end of the first shaft portion 71, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the first shaft portion 71. The structure for preventing the first shaft portion 71 from falling off is not particularly limited.
　第１軸部７１の脱落を防止する構造としては、例えば、リベットを用いる構造が採用されてもよい。つまり、第１軸部７１の一方はヘッド部を有し、第１軸部７１の他方はストレート部を有する。この場合、ヘッド部の径は、第１軸部７１が挿通される穴の径よりも大きい。具体的に、この穴に第１軸部７１のストレート部を通した後、ストレート部を加締めることによってストレート部を組成変形させる。これにより、第１軸部７１においては、ヘッド部とは反対側に大径部が形成される。大径部は、第１軸部７１が挿通される穴の径よりも大きい。 As a structure for preventing the first shaft portion 71 from falling off, for example, a structure using a rivet may be adopted. That is, one side of the first shaft portion 71 has a head portion, and the other side of the first shaft portion 71 has a straight portion. In this case, the diameter of the head portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the first shaft portion 71 is inserted. Specifically, after the straight portion of the first shaft portion 71 is passed through this hole, the straight portion is crimped to deform the straight portion. As a result, a large diameter portion is formed on the side of the first shaft portion 71 opposite the head portion. The large diameter portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the first shaft portion 71 is inserted.
　第１軸部７１は、上述した６つの穴を貫通する１本の棒状部材である。第１軸部７１は、必ずしも、１本の棒状部材である必要はない。第１軸部７１は、互いに軸心が共通するとともに互いに別体である一対の軸部によって構成されてもよい。この場合、一対の軸部のうちの一方は、第１座受部材４１の第１右前穴４１Ｇと、第２座受部材４２の第２右前穴４２Ｇと、支持コネクタ５１のコネクタ右上穴５１Ｇとを貫通している。一対の軸部のうちの他方は、第１座受部材４１の第１左前穴４１Ｉと、第２座受部材４２の第２左前穴４２Ｉと、支持コネクタ５１のコネクタ左上穴５１Ｏとを貫通している。 The first shaft portion 71 is a rod-shaped member that passes through the six holes described above. The first shaft portion 71 does not necessarily have to be a rod-shaped member. The first shaft portion 71 may be composed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first right front hole 41G of the first seat receiving member 41, the second right front hole 42G of the second seat receiving member 42, and the upper right connector hole 51G of the support connector 51. The other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first left front hole 41I of the first seat receiving member 41, the second left front hole 42I of the second seat receiving member 42, and the upper left connector hole 51O of the support connector 51.
　第１軸部７１は、座１に固定された座受部材４０を回動可能に支持する。
　第１軸部７１は、座受部材４０とは独立して、支持コネクタ５１を回動可能に支持する。言い換えると、第１軸部７１の回りにおいて、座受部材４０と支持コネクタ５１は、相対的に回動可能である。
　第１軸部７１は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおける座１の移動に伴って、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに移動する。 The first shaft portion 71 rotatably supports a seat receiving member 40 fixed to the seat 1 .
The first shaft portion 71 rotatably supports the support connector 51 independently of the seat receiving member 40. In other words, the seat receiving member 40 and the support connector 51 are rotatable relative to each other around the first shaft portion 71.
The first shaft portion 71 moves in the front-rear directions FD and BD in conjunction with the movement of the seat 1 in the front-rear directions FD and BD.
＜第２軸部７２による支持構造＞
　第２軸部７２が延びる方向においては、左支持リンク５７から右方向ＲＤに向けて、左支持リンク５７、第１座受部材４１の第１左板部４１Ｃ、第２座受部材４２の第２左板部４２Ｃ、第２座受部材４２の第２右板部４２Ｂ、第１座受部材４１の第１右板部４１Ｂ、及び右支持リンク５６が、右方向ＲＤに向けて順に並んでいる。
　第２軸部７２によって支持される上記部材のうち、互いに隣り合う２つの部材は互いに接触しないように離間してもよい。例えば、樹脂等のスペーサが２つの部材の間に配置されてもよい。 <Support structure by second shaft portion 72>
In the direction in which the second shaft portion 72 extends, the left support link 57, the first left plate portion 41C of the first seat support member 41, the second left plate portion 42C of the second seat support member 42, the second right plate portion 42B of the second seat support member 42, the first right plate portion 41B of the first seat support member 41, and the right support link 56 are lined up in order from the left support link 57 toward the right direction RD.
Among the above-mentioned members supported by the second shaft portion 72, two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other. For example, a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
　第２軸部７２は、第１座受部材４１の第１右後穴４１Ｈ及び第１左後穴４１Ｊと、第２座受部材４２の第２右後穴４２Ｈ及び第２左後穴４２Ｊと、右支持リンク５６のリンク右上穴５６Ｕと、左支持リンク５７のリンク左上穴５７Ｕとを貫通している。これら６つの穴から第２軸部７２が脱落することを防止するため、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける第２軸部７２の両端に、例えば、Ｃリングが係合されてもよい。また、６つの穴の径よりも大きい径を有する大径部を第２軸部７２の一端に設け、Ｃリングを第２軸部７２の他端に係合してもよい。第２軸部７２の脱落を防止する構造は、特に限定されない。 The second shaft portion 72 passes through the first right rear hole 41H and the first left rear hole 41J of the first seat receiving member 41, the second right rear hole 42H and the second left rear hole 42J of the second seat receiving member 42, the upper right link hole 56U of the right support link 56, and the upper left link hole 57U of the left support link 57. To prevent the second shaft portion 72 from falling off from these six holes, a C-ring, for example, may be engaged with both ends of the second shaft portion 72 in the left-right directions RD and LD. Also, a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the six holes may be provided at one end of the second shaft portion 72, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the second shaft portion 72. There is no particular limitation on the structure for preventing the second shaft portion 72 from falling off.
　第２軸部７２の脱落を防止する構造としては、例えば、リベットを用いる構造が採用されてもよい。つまり、第２軸部７２の一方はヘッド部を有し、第２軸部７２の他方はストレート部を有する。この場合、ヘッド部の径は、第２軸部７２が挿通される穴の径よりも大きい。具体的に、この穴に第２軸部７２のストレート部を通した後、ストレート部を加締めることによってストレート部を組成変形させる。これにより、第２軸部７２においては、ヘッド部とは反対側に大径部が形成される。大径部は、第２軸部７２が挿通される穴の径よりも大きい。 As a structure for preventing the second shaft portion 72 from falling off, for example, a structure using a rivet may be adopted. That is, one side of the second shaft portion 72 has a head portion, and the other side of the second shaft portion 72 has a straight portion. In this case, the diameter of the head portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the second shaft portion 72 is inserted. Specifically, after the straight portion of the second shaft portion 72 is passed through this hole, the straight portion is crimped to deform the straight portion. As a result, a large diameter portion is formed on the side of the second shaft portion 72 opposite the head portion. The large diameter portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the second shaft portion 72 is inserted.
　第２軸部７２は、上述した６つの穴を貫通する１本の棒状部材である。第２軸部７２は、必ずしも、１本の棒状部材である必要はない。第２軸部７２は、互いに軸心が共通するとともに互いに別体である一対の軸部によって構成されてもよい。この場合、一対の軸部のうちの一方は、第１座受部材４１の第１右後穴４１Ｈと、第２座受部材４２の第２右後穴４２Ｈと、右支持リンク５６のリンク右上穴５６Ｕとを貫通している。一対の軸部のうちの他方は、第１座受部材４１の第１左後穴４１Ｊと、第２座受部材４２の第２左後穴４２Ｊと、左支持リンク５７のリンク左上穴５７Ｕとを貫通している。 The second shaft portion 72 is a single rod-shaped member that passes through the six holes described above. The second shaft portion 72 does not necessarily have to be a single rod-shaped member. The second shaft portion 72 may be composed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first right rear hole 41H of the first seat support member 41, the second right rear hole 42H of the second seat support member 42, and the upper right link hole 56U of the right support link 56. The other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first left rear hole 41J of the first seat support member 41, the second left rear hole 42J of the second seat support member 42, and the upper left link hole 57U of the left support link 57.
　第２軸部７２は、座１に固定された座受部材４０を回動可能に支持する。
　第２軸部７２は、座受部材４０とは独立して、支持リンク５５を回動可能に支持する。言い換えると、第２軸部７２の回りにおいて、座受部材４０と支持リンク５５は、相対的に回動可能である。
　第２軸部７２は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおける座１の移動に伴って、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに移動する。 The second shaft portion 72 rotatably supports a seat receiving member 40 fixed to the seat 1 .
The second shaft portion 72 rotatably supports the support link 55 independently of the seat receiving member 40. In other words, the seat receiving member 40 and the support link 55 are rotatable relative to each other around the second shaft portion 72.
The second shaft portion 72 moves in the front-rear directions FD and BD in conjunction with the movement of the seat 1 in the front-rear directions FD and BD.
＜第３軸部７３による支持構造＞
　第３軸部７３が延びる方向においては、第２支持アーム２０Ｓから右方向ＲＤに向けて、第２支持アーム２０Ｓ、支持コネクタ５１の左下板部５１Ｍ、支基左側部６４、支基右側部６３、支持コネクタ５１の右下板部５１Ｅ、及び第１支持アーム２０Ｆが、順に並んでいる。
　第３軸部７３によって支持される上記部材のうち、互いに隣り合う２つの部材は互いに接触しないように離間してもよい。例えば、樹脂等のスペーサが２つの部材の間に配置されてもよい。 <Support structure by third shaft portion 73>
In the direction in which the third axis portion 73 extends, the second support arm 20S, the left lower plate portion 51M of the support connector 51, the left side portion 64 of the base, the right side portion 63 of the base, the right lower plate portion 51E of the support connector 51, and the first support arm 20F are arranged in order from the second support arm 20S toward the right direction RD.
Among the above-mentioned members supported by the third shaft portion 73, two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other. For example, a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
　第３軸部７３は、支基６０によって静的に支持されている。
　第３軸部７３は、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの第１軸支持穴２６Ｆと、第２支持アーム２０Ｓの第２軸支持穴２６Ｓと、支持コネクタ５１のコネクタ右下穴５１Ｈ及びコネクタ左下穴５１Ｐと、支基６０の支基右前穴６３Ｂ及び支基左前穴６４Ｂとを貫通している。第３軸部７３は、不図示のボルト等の締結部材を用いて第１支持アーム２０Ｆ及び第２支持アーム２０Ｓに締結されている。 The third shaft portion 73 is statically supported by the support base 60 .
The third shaft portion 73 passes through the first shaft support hole 26F of the first support arm 20F, the second shaft support hole 26S of the second support arm 20S, the lower right connector hole 51H and the lower left connector hole 51P of the support connector 51, and the front right support hole 63B and the front left support hole 64B of the support base 60. The third shaft portion 73 is fastened to the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S using fastening members such as bolts (not shown).
　第３軸部７３は、上述した６つの穴を貫通する１本の棒状部材である。第３軸部７３は、必ずしも、１本の棒状部材である必要はない。第３軸部７３は、互いに軸心が共通するとともに互いに別体である一対の軸部によって構成されてもよい。この場合、一対の軸部のうちの一方は、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの第１軸支持穴２６Ｆと、支持コネクタ５１のコネクタ右下穴５１Ｈと、支基６０の支基右前穴６３Ｂとを貫通している。一対の軸部のうちの他方は、第２支持アーム２０Ｓの第２軸支持穴２６Ｓと、支持コネクタ５１のコネクタ左下穴５１Ｐと、支基６０の支基左前穴６４Ｂとを貫通している。 The third shaft portion 73 is a single rod-shaped member that passes through the six holes described above. The third shaft portion 73 does not necessarily have to be a single rod-shaped member. The third shaft portion 73 may be composed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the first shaft support hole 26F of the first support arm 20F, the lower right connector hole 51H of the support connector 51, and the right front support hole 63B of the support base 60. The other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the second shaft support hole 26S of the second support arm 20S, the lower left connector hole 51P of the support connector 51, and the left front support hole 64B of the support base 60.
　第３軸部７３は、支基６０に対して、支持コネクタ５１及び横アーム２０Ｂを回動可能に支持する。これにより、第３軸部７３の回りにおいて、支持コネクタ５１は、アーム部２０の回動に連動するように前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して傾動可能である。
　さらに、第３軸部７３は、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて、第１軸部７１よりも下方に位置する。 The third shaft portion 73 rotatably supports the support connector 51 and the horizontal arm 20B with respect to the support base 60. This allows the support connector 51 to tilt in the front-rear directions FD and BD around the third shaft portion 73 in conjunction with the rotation of the arm portion 20.
Furthermore, the third shaft portion 73 is located lower than the first shaft portion 71 in the up-down directions UD and DD.
＜第４軸部７４による支持構造＞
　第４軸部７４が延びる方向においては、左支持リンク５７から右方向ＲＤに向けて、左支持リンク５７、支基６０の左リンク支基支持部６４Ａ、支基６０の右リンク支基支持部６３Ａ、及び右支持リンク５６が、右方向ＲＤに向けて順に並んでいる。
　第４軸部７４によって支持される上記部材のうち、互いに隣り合う２つの部材は互いに接触しないように離間してもよい。例えば、樹脂等のスペーサが２つの部材の間に配置されてもよい。 <Support structure by fourth shaft portion 74>
In the direction in which the fourth shaft portion 74 extends, the left support link 57, the left link base support portion 64A of the base 60, the right link base support portion 63A of the base 60, and the right support link 56 are lined up in order in the right direction RD from the left support link 57.
Among the above-mentioned members supported by the fourth shaft portion 74, two adjacent members may be spaced apart so as not to come into contact with each other. For example, a spacer made of resin or the like may be disposed between the two members.
　第４軸部７４は、支基６０によって静的に支持されている。
　第４軸部７４は、右支持リンク５６のリンク右下穴５６Ｌと、左支持リンク５７のリンク左下穴５７Ｌと、支基６０の支基右後穴６３Ｃ及び支基左後穴６４Ｃとを貫通している。これら４つの穴から第４軸部７４が脱落することを防止するため、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける第４軸部７４の両端に、例えば、Ｃリングが係合されてもよい。また、４つの穴の径よりも大きい径を有する大径部を第４軸部７４の一端に設け、Ｃリングを第４軸部７４の他端に係合してもよい。第４軸部７４の脱落を防止する構造は、特に限定されない。 The fourth shaft portion 74 is statically supported by the support base 60 .
The fourth shaft portion 74 passes through the link right lower hole 56L of the right support link 56, the link left lower hole 57L of the left support link 57, and the support base right rear hole 63C and support base left rear hole 64C of the support base 60. In order to prevent the fourth shaft portion 74 from falling off from these four holes, for example, a C-ring may be engaged with both ends of the fourth shaft portion 74 in the left-right directions RD and LD. Also, a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the four holes may be provided at one end of the fourth shaft portion 74, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the fourth shaft portion 74. The structure for preventing the fourth shaft portion 74 from falling off is not particularly limited.
　第４軸部７４の脱落を防止する構造としては、例えば、リベットを用いる構造が採用されてもよい。つまり、第４軸部７４の一方はヘッド部を有し、第４軸部７４の他方はストレート部を有する。この場合、ヘッド部の径は、第４軸部７４が挿通される穴の径よりも大きい。具体的に、この穴に第４軸部７４のストレート部を通した後、ストレート部を加締めることによってストレート部を組成変形させる。これにより、第４軸部７４においては、ヘッド部とは反対側に大径部が形成される。大径部は、第４軸部７４が挿通される穴の径よりも大きい。 As a structure for preventing the fourth shaft portion 74 from falling off, for example, a structure using a rivet may be adopted. That is, one side of the fourth shaft portion 74 has a head portion, and the other side of the fourth shaft portion 74 has a straight portion. In this case, the diameter of the head portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the fourth shaft portion 74 is inserted. Specifically, after the straight portion of the fourth shaft portion 74 is passed through this hole, the straight portion is crimped to deform the straight portion. As a result, a large diameter portion is formed on the side of the fourth shaft portion 74 opposite the head portion. The large diameter portion is larger than the diameter of the hole through which the fourth shaft portion 74 is inserted.
　第４軸部７４は、上述した４つの穴を貫通する１本の棒状部材である。第４軸部７４は、必ずしも、１本の棒状部材である必要はない。第４軸部７４は、互いに軸心が共通するとともに互いに別体である一対の軸部によって構成されてもよい。この場合、一対の軸部のうちの一方は、右支持リンク５６のリンク右下穴５６Ｌと、支基６０の支基右後穴６３Ｃとを貫通している。一対の軸部のうちの他方は、左支持リンク５７のリンク左下穴５７Ｌと、支基６０の支基左後穴６４Ｃとを貫通している。 The fourth shaft portion 74 is a single rod-shaped member that passes through the four holes described above. The fourth shaft portion 74 does not necessarily have to be a single rod-shaped member. The fourth shaft portion 74 may be formed of a pair of shaft portions that share a common axis and are separate from each other. In this case, one of the pair of shaft portions passes through the link right lower hole 56L of the right support link 56 and the base right rear hole 63C of the support base 60. The other of the pair of shaft portions passes through the link left lower hole 57L of the left support link 57 and the base left rear hole 64C of the support base 60.
　第４軸部７４は、支基６０に対して、右支持リンク５６及び左支持リンク５７を回動可能に支持する。言い換えると、支持リンク５５が延びる方向と上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤとの間の傾斜傾が変動するように、第４軸部７４の回りにおいて支持リンク５５は回動可能である。さらに、第４軸部７４は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて第３軸部７３よりも後方に位置する。 The fourth shaft portion 74 rotatably supports the right support link 56 and the left support link 57 with respect to the support base 60. In other words, the support link 55 can rotate around the fourth shaft portion 74 so that the inclination between the direction in which the support link 55 extends and the up-down directions UD and DD varies. Furthermore, the fourth shaft portion 74 is located rearward of the third shaft portion 73 in the front-to-rear directions FD and BD.
＜回動規制ピン７５＞
　回動規制ピン７５は、支基６０によって静的に支持されている。具体的に、回動規制ピン７５は、支基６０の支基右中央穴６３Ｄ及び支基左中央穴６４Ｄと、コネクタ右板部５１Ｂの右長穴５１Ｋと、コネクタ左板部５１Ｃの左長穴５１Ｓとを貫通している。これら４つの穴から回動規制ピン７５が脱落することを防止するため、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおける回動規制ピン７５の両端に、例えば、Ｃリングが係合されてもよい。また、４つの穴の径よりも大きい径を有する大径部を回動規制ピン７５の一端に設け、Ｃリングを回動規制ピン７５の他端に係合してもよい。回動規制ピン７５の脱落を防止する構造は、特に限定されない。以下の説明では、右長穴５１Ｋ及び左長穴５１Ｓを単に長穴５１Ｚと称する場合がある。 <Rotation restriction pin 75>
The rotation restriction pin 75 is statically supported by the support base 60. Specifically, the rotation restriction pin 75 penetrates the support base right central hole 63D and the support base left central hole 64D of the support base 60, the right long hole 51K of the connector right plate portion 51B, and the left long hole 51S of the connector left plate portion 51C. In order to prevent the rotation restriction pin 75 from falling off from these four holes, for example, a C-ring may be engaged with both ends of the rotation restriction pin 75 in the left-right directions RD and LD. Also, a large diameter portion having a diameter larger than the diameters of the four holes may be provided at one end of the rotation restriction pin 75, and a C-ring may be engaged with the other end of the rotation restriction pin 75. The structure for preventing the rotation restriction pin 75 from falling off is not particularly limited. In the following description, the right long hole 51K and the left long hole 51S may be simply referred to as long holes 51Z.
　上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおける長穴５１Ｚの形状により、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおける背受部２１の傾動範囲８０が規定されている。言い換えると、支持コネクタ５１の回動に伴って、長穴５１Ｚに対する回動規制ピン７５の位置は変化する。例えば、図１２に示すように、長穴５１Ｚにおいて回動規制ピン７５が長穴下部に位置する場合には、傾動範囲８０において背受部２１が前限位置８１にある。反対に、図１３に示すように、長穴５１Ｚにおいて回動規制ピン７５が長穴上部に位置する場合には、傾動範囲８０において背受部２１が後位置にある。このように、長穴５１Ｚによって、背受部２１の傾動範囲８０が規定されている。 The tilting range 80 of the back support portion 21 in the front-rear directions FD and BD is determined by the shape of the long hole 51Z in the up-down directions UD and DD. In other words, the position of the rotation restriction pin 75 relative to the long hole 51Z changes as the support connector 51 rotates. For example, as shown in FIG. 12, when the rotation restriction pin 75 is located at the bottom of the long hole 51Z, the back support portion 21 is at the front limit position 81 in the tilting range 80. Conversely, as shown in FIG. 13, when the rotation restriction pin 75 is located at the top of the long hole 51Z, the back support portion 21 is at the rear position in the tilting range 80. In this way, the tilting range 80 of the back support portion 21 is determined by the long hole 51Z.
＜支持コネクタ５１とアーム部２０との結合構造＞
　図５Ａ、図６、及び図９に示すように、支持コネクタ５１の右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの第１アーム溝２７Ｆに嵌合されている。同様に、支持コネクタ５１の左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、第２支持アーム２０Ｓの第２アーム溝２７Ｓに嵌合されている。これにより、支持コネクタ５１は、アーム部２０に連結されている。
　このような連結構造においては、第１軸支持穴２６Ｆの位置は、コネクタ右下穴５１Ｈの位置に一致しており、第２軸支持穴２６Ｓの位置は、コネクタ左下穴５１Ｐの位置に一致している。 <Connection structure between support connector 51 and arm portion 20>
5A, 6, and 9, the right arm engagement portion 51J of the support connector 51 is fitted into the first arm groove 27F of the first support arm 20F. Similarly, the left arm engagement portion 51R of the support connector 51 is fitted into the second arm groove 27S of the second support arm 20S. In this way, the support connector 51 is connected to the arm portion 20.
In such a connection structure, the position of first shaft support hole 26F coincides with the position of connector lower right hole 51H, and the position of second shaft support hole 26S coincides with the position of connector lower left hole 51P.
＜支持コネクタ５１とアーム部２０とを結合する方法＞
　次に、図６、図１４Ａ、及び図１４Ｂを参照し、アーム部２０と、支持コネクタ５１とを結合する方法を説明する。図１４Ａ及び図１４Ｂは、図６に対応している。図１４Ａ及び図１４Ｂに示す例では、第１支持アーム２０Ｆが延在する延在方向２０Ｅが前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して傾斜しているが、延在方向２０Ｅは、必ずしも前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して傾斜させる必要はない。アーム部２０に支持コネクタ５１を結合させることが容易に可能であれば、延在方向２０Ｅは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに対して平行であってもよいし、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに対して平行であってもよい。 <Method of connecting the support connector 51 and the arm portion 20>
Next, a method of connecting the arm portion 20 and the support connector 51 will be described with reference to Fig. 6, Fig. 14A, and Fig. 14B. Fig. 14A and Fig. 14B correspond to Fig. 6. In the example shown in Fig. 14A and Fig. 14B, the extension direction 20E in which the first support arm 20F extends is inclined with respect to the front-rear directions FD and BD, but the extension direction 20E does not necessarily need to be inclined with respect to the front-rear directions FD and BD. If it is easy to connect the support connector 51 to the arm portion 20, the extension direction 20E may be parallel to the front-rear directions FD and BD, or parallel to the up-down directions UD and DD.
　まず、図１４Ａに示すように、第１支持アーム２０Ｆと第２支持アーム２０Ｓとの間の空間に、支持コネクタ５１を挿入しつつ、右アーム係合部５１Ｊを第１アーム溝２７Ｆの斜方開口溝２８Ａに挿入し、左アーム係合部５１Ｒを第２アーム溝２７Ｓの斜方開口溝２８Ａに挿入する。 First, as shown in FIG. 14A, insert the support connector 51 into the space between the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S, while inserting the right arm engagement portion 51J into the oblique opening groove 28A of the first arm groove 27F, and the left arm engagement portion 51R into the oblique opening groove 28A of the second arm groove 27S.
　右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａに向けて第１支持アーム２０Ｆの斜方開口溝２８Ａ内を移動する。斜方開口溝２８Ａの内部において、右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の各々に対向しながら、斜方開口溝２８Ａの内部を移動する。右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の各々に接触する場合もある。つまり、２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の各々は、右アーム係合部５１Ｊをガイドし、右アーム係合部５１Ｊの移動方向を規制し、溝傾斜方向２９Ａに右アーム係合部５１Ｊを移動させる。その後、右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａにおける斜方開口溝２８Ａの端部、すなわち、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの前後延在溝２８Ｂに達する。 The right arm engagement portion 51J moves in the diagonal opening groove 28A of the first support arm 20F toward the groove inclination direction 29A. Inside the diagonal opening groove 28A, the right arm engagement portion 51J moves inside the diagonal opening groove 28A while facing each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2. The right arm engagement portion 51J may also come into contact with each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2. In other words, each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2 guides the right arm engagement portion 51J, restricts the moving direction of the right arm engagement portion 51J, and moves the right arm engagement portion 51J in the groove inclination direction 29A. After that, the right arm engagement portion 51J reaches the end of the diagonal opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A, that is, the front-rear extending groove 28B of the first support arm 20F.
　斜方開口溝２８Ａにおける右アーム係合部５１Ｊの移動と同じタイミングで、左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａに向けて第２支持アーム２０Ｓの斜方開口溝２８Ａ内を移動する。斜方開口溝２８Ａの内部において、左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の各々に対向しながら、斜方開口溝２８Ａの内部を移動する。右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の各々に接触する場合もある。つまり、２つの斜方溝壁２８Ｎ１、２８Ｎ２の各々は、左アーム係合部５１Ｒをガイドし、左アーム係合部５１Ｒの移動方向を規制し、溝傾斜方向２９Ａに左アーム係合部５１Ｒを移動させる。その後、左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、溝傾斜方向２９Ａにおける斜方開口溝２８Ａの端部、すなわち、第２支持アーム２０Ｓの前後延在溝２８Ｂに達する。 At the same time as the right arm engagement portion 51J moves in the diagonal opening groove 28A, the left arm engagement portion 51R moves in the diagonal opening groove 28A of the second support arm 20S toward the groove inclination direction 29A. Inside the diagonal opening groove 28A, the left arm engagement portion 51R moves inside the diagonal opening groove 28A while facing each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2. The right arm engagement portion 51J may also come into contact with each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2. In other words, each of the two diagonal groove walls 28N1, 28N2 guides the left arm engagement portion 51R, restricts the movement direction of the left arm engagement portion 51R, and moves the left arm engagement portion 51R in the groove inclination direction 29A. The left arm engagement portion 51R then reaches the end of the oblique opening groove 28A in the groove inclination direction 29A, i.e., the front-rear extending groove 28B of the second support arm 20S.
　次に、右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、溝延在方向２９Ｂに向けて第１支持アーム２０Ｆの前後延在溝２８Ｂ内を移動する。前後延在溝２８Ｂの内部において、右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の各々に対向しながら、前後延在溝２８Ｂの内部を移動する。右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の各々に接触する場合もある。つまり、２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の各々は、右アーム係合部５１Ｊをガイドし、右アーム係合部５１Ｊの移動方向を規制し、溝延在方向２９Ｂに右アーム係合部５１Ｊを移動させる。その後、右アーム係合部５１Ｊは、溝延在方向２９Ｂにおける前後延在溝２８Ｂの端部、すなわち、図６に示すように第１支持アーム２０Ｆの溝奥部２８Ｃに達する。右アーム係合部５１Ｊが第１支持アーム２０Ｆの溝奥部２８Ｃに接触した状態では、右アーム係合部５１Ｊと第１支持アーム２０Ｆとが位置決めされる。言い換えると、支持コネクタ５１と、第１支持アーム２０Ｆとが連結される。この状態で、第１支持アーム２０Ｆの第１軸支持穴２６Ｆと第３軸部７３とが固定される。これにより、第１支持アーム２０Ｆが第３軸部７３の回りで回動可能となる。 Next, the right arm engagement portion 51J moves in the longitudinal groove 28B of the first support arm 20F toward the groove extension direction 29B. Inside the longitudinal groove 28B, the right arm engagement portion 51J moves inside the longitudinal groove 28B while facing each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2. The right arm engagement portion 51J may come into contact with each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2. In other words, each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 guides the right arm engagement portion 51J, restricts the moving direction of the right arm engagement portion 51J, and moves the right arm engagement portion 51J in the groove extension direction 29B. After that, the right arm engagement portion 51J reaches the end of the longitudinal groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B, that is, the groove inner portion 28C of the first support arm 20F as shown in FIG. 6. When the right arm engagement portion 51J is in contact with the inner groove portion 28C of the first support arm 20F, the right arm engagement portion 51J and the first support arm 20F are positioned. In other words, the support connector 51 and the first support arm 20F are connected. In this state, the first shaft support hole 26F and the third shaft portion 73 of the first support arm 20F are fixed. This allows the first support arm 20F to rotate around the third shaft portion 73.
　前後延在溝２８Ｂにおける左アーム係合部５１Ｒの移動と同じタイミングで、左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、溝延在方向２９Ｂに向けて第２支持アーム２０Ｓの前後延在溝２８Ｂ内を移動する。前後延在溝２８Ｂの内部において、左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の各々に対向しながら、前後延在溝２８Ｂの内部を移動する。左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の各々に接触する場合もある。つまり、２つの延在溝壁２８Ｍ１、２８Ｍ２の各々は、左アーム係合部５１Ｒをガイドし、左アーム係合部５１Ｒの移動方向を規制し、溝延在方向２９Ｂに左アーム係合部５１Ｒを移動させる。その後、左アーム係合部５１Ｒは、溝延在方向２９Ｂにおける前後延在溝２８Ｂの端部、すなわち、図６に示すように第２支持アーム２０Ｓの溝奥部２８Ｃに達する。左アーム係合部５１Ｒが第２支持アーム２０Ｓの溝奥部２８Ｃに接触した状態では、左アーム係合部５１Ｒと第２支持アーム２０Ｓとが位置決めされる。言い換えると、支持コネクタ５１と、第２支持アーム２０Ｓとが連結される。この状態で、第２支持アーム２０Ｓの第２軸支持穴２６Ｓと第３軸部７３とが固定される。これにより、第２支持アーム２０Ｓが第３軸部７３の回りで回動可能となる。 At the same time as the movement of the left arm engagement portion 51R in the longitudinal extending groove 28B, the left arm engagement portion 51R moves within the longitudinal extending groove 28B of the second support arm 20S toward the groove extension direction 29B. Inside the longitudinal extending groove 28B, the left arm engagement portion 51R moves within the longitudinal extending groove 28B while facing each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2. The left arm engagement portion 51R may come into contact with each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2. In other words, each of the two extending groove walls 28M1, 28M2 guides the left arm engagement portion 51R, restricts the movement direction of the left arm engagement portion 51R, and moves the left arm engagement portion 51R in the groove extension direction 29B. Thereafter, the left arm engagement portion 51R reaches the end of the front-rear extending groove 28B in the groove extension direction 29B, that is, the groove inner portion 28C of the second support arm 20S as shown in FIG. 6. When the left arm engagement portion 51R contacts the groove inner portion 28C of the second support arm 20S, the left arm engagement portion 51R and the second support arm 20S are positioned. In other words, the support connector 51 and the second support arm 20S are connected. In this state, the second shaft support hole 26S of the second support arm 20S and the third shaft portion 73 are fixed. This allows the second support arm 20S to rotate around the third shaft portion 73.
　このようにして、アーム部２０と支持コネクタ５１との前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤの位置関係が定まると、アーム部と一体化されている弾性部材支持部２４と、支持コネクタ５１に支持される座受部材４０との前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤの位置関係が定まる。この状態で、弾性部材２３を、弾性部材支持部２４と座受部材４０に連結する。この際、弾性部材２３に初期反力が発生するように、弾性部材２３の形状が設定されていることが望ましい。例えば、側面視でＬ字状をなす縦バネ部２３Ａと横バネ部２３Ｂとの間のなす角度が変化するように、弾性部材２３の形状が設定されていることが望ましい。
　言い換えると、アーム部２０と支持コネクタ５１とのアセンブリが完了した状態では、弾性部材２３をアーム部２０に取り付けられる。この場合、弾性部材２３に変形（初期反力）が生じるため、弾性部材２３をアーム部２０に望ましく取り付けることができる。 In this manner, when the positional relationship between the arm portion 20 and the support connector 51 in the front-rear directions FD and BD and the up-down directions UD and DD is determined, the positional relationship between the elastic member support portion 24 integrated with the arm portion and the seat receiving member 40 supported by the support connector 51 in the front-rear directions FD and BD and the up-down directions UD and DD is determined. In this state, the elastic member 23 is connected to the elastic member support portion 24 and the seat receiving member 40. At this time, it is desirable that the shape of the elastic member 23 is set so that an initial reaction force is generated in the elastic member 23. For example, it is desirable that the shape of the elastic member 23 is set so that the angle between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B, which are L-shaped in a side view, changes.
In other words, in a state where the assembly of the arm portion 20 and the support connector 51 is completed, the elastic member 23 can be attached to the arm portion 20. In this case, deformation (initial reaction force) occurs in the elastic member 23, so that the elastic member 23 can be desirably attached to the arm portion 20.
　上述した結合方法により、第１支持アーム２０Ｆ及び第２支持アーム２０Ｓを有するアーム部２０と支持コネクタ５１とが連結することができる。反対に、第３軸部７３に対する第１軸支持穴２６Ｆ及び第２軸支持穴２６Ｓの固定状態を解除し、第１アーム溝２７Ｆから右アーム係合部５１Ｊを取り外し、第２アーム溝２７Ｓから左アーム係合部５１Ｒを取り外すことで、アーム部２０から支持コネクタ５１を取り外すことができる。
　すなわち、上述した結合構造においては、アーム部２０に対して支持コネクタ５１は、脱着可能である。 The above-described coupling method makes it possible to couple the arm unit 20 having the first support arm 20F and the second support arm 20S to the support connector 51. Conversely, the support connector 51 can be removed from the arm unit 20 by releasing the fixed state of the first shaft support hole 26F and the second shaft support hole 26S relative to the third shaft portion 73, removing the right arm engagement portion 51J from the first arm groove 27F, and removing the left arm engagement portion 51R from the second arm groove 27S.
That is, in the above-described connection structure, the support connector 51 is detachable from the arm portion 20 .
＜第１軸部７１、第２軸部７２、第３軸部７３、及び第４軸部７４の距離関係＞
　第１軸部７１から第３軸部７３に向かう方向において、第１軸部７１と第３軸部７３との間の距離を第１距離Ｌ１と定義する。
　第２軸部７２から第４軸部７４に向かう方向において、第２軸部７２と第４軸部７４との間の距離を第２距離Ｌ２と定義する。ここで、第１距離Ｌ１は、第２距離Ｌ２もよりも大きい。 <Distance Relationship Between the First Shaft 71, the Second Shaft 72, the Third Shaft 73, and the Fourth Shaft 74>
In a direction from the first shaft portion 71 toward the third shaft portion 73, the distance between the first shaft portion 71 and the third shaft portion 73 is defined as a first distance L1.
The distance between the second shaft portion 72 and the fourth shaft portion 74 in the direction from the second shaft portion 72 to the fourth shaft portion 74 is defined as a second distance L2. Here, the first distance L1 is greater than the second distance L2.
＜第１軸部７１及び第３軸部７３に対する支持リンク５５の位置関係＞
　このような構成を有する支持リンク５５は、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤにおいて第１軸部７１及び第３軸部７３よりも後方に位置する。言い換えると、支持リンク５５は、第１軸部７１と背受部２１との間、又は、第３軸部７３と背受部２１との間に位置する。 <Positional Relationship of the Support Link 55 with Respect to the First Shaft Portion 71 and the Third Shaft Portion 73>
The support link 55 having such a configuration is located rearward in the front-rear directions FD and BD from the first shaft portion 71 and the third shaft portion 73. In other words, the support link 55 is located between the first shaft portion 71 and the back support portion 21, or between the third shaft portion 73 and the back support portion 21.
＜弾性部材２３及び支持構造体３における作用＞
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００においては、着座者が座１に着座した状態で、後方向ＢＤに着座者が背中で背凭れ２を押すと、後方向ＢＤにおける背凭れ２の移動に連動して弾性部材２３の縦バネ部２３Ａは後方向ＢＤに移動し、弾性部材２３が弾性変形する。この際、後方向ＢＤにおける背凭れ２の移動に連動して、背支持軸部５０Ｂに対して背凭れ２が回動する。背凭れ２に設けられている位置変換機構５０Ｃは、背凭れ２の回動に起因する背凭れ２の位置の変位を、座１の位置の変位に変換する。位置変換機構５０Ｃに支持された座支持軸部５０Ａは、後方向ＢＤに座１を移動させる。座１に連結されている弾性部材２３の横バネ部２３Ｂも同様に後方向ＢＤに移動する。 <Action of Elastic Member 23 and Support Structure 3>
In the chair 100 according to this embodiment, when a seated person presses the backrest 2 with his/her back in the backward direction BD while seated on the seat 1, the vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 moves in the backward direction BD in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the backward direction BD, and the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed. At this time, the backrest 2 rotates relative to the back support shaft portion 50B in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the backward direction BD. The position conversion mechanism 50C provided on the backrest 2 converts the displacement of the position of the backrest 2 caused by the rotation of the backrest 2 into the displacement of the position of the seat 1. The seat support shaft portion 50A supported by the position conversion mechanism 50C moves the seat 1 in the backward direction BD. The horizontal spring portion 23B of the elastic member 23 connected to the seat 1 also moves in the backward direction BD in the same manner.
　これに対し、前方向ＦＤに着座者が体を起こすと、着座者の背中が背凭れ２から離れる。この際、弾性変形した弾性部材２３の復元力の作用により、弾性部材２３の縦バネ部２３Ａは前方向ＦＤに移動する。この際、前方向ＦＤにおける背凭れ２の移動に連動して、背支持軸部５０Ｂに対して背凭れ２が回動する。背凭れ２に設けられている位置変換機構５０Ｃは、背凭れ２の回動に起因する背凭れ２の位置の変位を、座１の位置の変位に変換する。位置変換機構５０Ｃに支持された座支持軸部５０Ａは、前方向ＦＤに座１を移動させる。座１に連結されている弾性部材２３の横バネ部２３Ｂも同様に前方向ＦＤに移動する。 In contrast, when the seated occupant sits up in the forward direction FD, the occupant's back moves away from the backrest 2. At this time, the vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 moves in the forward direction FD due to the action of the restoring force of the elastically deformed elastic member 23. At this time, the backrest 2 rotates relative to the back support shaft portion 50B in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the forward direction FD. The position conversion mechanism 50C provided on the backrest 2 converts the displacement of the position of the backrest 2 caused by the rotation of the backrest 2 into the displacement of the position of the seat 1. The seat support shaft portion 50A supported by the position conversion mechanism 50C moves the seat 1 in the forward direction FD. The horizontal spring portion 23B of the elastic member 23 connected to the seat 1 also moves in the forward direction FD in the same manner.
　次に、座支持軸部５０Ａ、背支持軸部５０Ｂ、及び位置変換機構５０Ｃを有する支持構造体３における作用について、具体的に説明する。
　着座者が座１に着座した状態で、着座者が座１に着座した状態で、後方向ＢＤに着座者が背中で背凭れ２を押すと、後方向ＢＤにおける背凭れ２の移動に連動して弾性部材２３の縦バネ部２３Ａは後方向ＢＤに移動し、弾性部材２３が弾性変形する。この際、後方向ＢＤにおける背凭れ２の移動に連動して、支基６０に支持された第３軸部７３の回りに背凭れ２が回動する。背凭れ２に連結している支持コネクタ５１は、第３軸部７３の回りに回動する。第１軸部７１を支持する支持コネクタ５１は、第１軸部７１を後方向ＢＤに移動させる。第１軸部７１は、座１を後方向ＢＤに移動させる。座１を後方向ＢＤに移動に伴い、座１を支持する第２軸部７２も後方向ＢＤに移動する。第２軸部７２を支持する支持リンク５５は、第４軸部７４の回りに回動する。 Next, the operation of the support structure 3 having the seat support shaft portion 50A, the back support shaft portion 50B, and the position conversion mechanism 50C will be specifically described.
When the seated person is seated on the seat 1 and presses the backrest 2 with his/her back in the rearward direction BD, the vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 moves in the rearward direction BD in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the rearward direction BD, and the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed. At this time, the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73 supported by the support base 60 in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the rearward direction BD. The support connector 51 connected to the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73. The support connector 51 supporting the first shaft portion 71 moves the first shaft portion 71 in the rearward direction BD. The first shaft portion 71 moves the seat 1 in the rearward direction BD. As the seat 1 moves in the rearward direction BD, the second shaft portion 72 supporting the seat 1 also moves in the rearward direction BD. The support link 55 supporting the second shaft portion 72 rotates around the fourth shaft portion 74 .
　これに対し、前方向ＦＤに着座者が体を起こすと、着座者の背中が背凭れ２から離れる。この際、弾性変形した弾性部材２３の復元力の作用により、弾性部材２３の縦バネ部２３Ａは前方向ＦＤに移動する。この際、前方向ＦＤにおける背凭れ２の移動に連動して、支基６０に支持された第３軸部７３の回りに背凭れ２が回動する。背凭れ２に連結している支持コネクタ５１は、第３軸部７３の回りに回動する。第１軸部７１を支持する支持コネクタ５１は、第１軸部７１を前方向ＦＤに移動させる。第１軸部７１は、座１を前方向ＦＤに移動させる。座１を前方向ＦＤに移動に伴い、座１を支持する第２軸部７２も前方向ＦＤに移動する。第２軸部７２を支持する支持リンク５５は、第４軸部７４の回りに回動する。これにより、支持コネクタ５１及び支持リンク５５は、弾性部材２３の復元力により、座１及び背凭れ２を前限位置８１に戻す。 In contrast, when the seated occupant sits up in the forward direction FD, the seated occupant's back moves away from the backrest 2. At this time, the vertical spring portion 23A of the elastic member 23 moves in the forward direction FD due to the action of the restoring force of the elastically deformed elastic member 23. At this time, in conjunction with the movement of the backrest 2 in the forward direction FD, the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73 supported by the support base 60. The support connector 51 connected to the backrest 2 rotates around the third shaft portion 73. The support connector 51 supporting the first shaft portion 71 moves the first shaft portion 71 in the forward direction FD. The first shaft portion 71 moves the seat 1 in the forward direction FD. As the seat 1 moves in the forward direction FD, the second shaft portion 72 supporting the seat 1 also moves in the forward direction FD. The support link 55 supporting the second shaft portion 72 rotates around the fourth shaft portion 74. As a result, the support connector 51 and support link 55 return the seat 1 and backrest 2 to the front limit position 81 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 23.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、背凭れ２が座１に直接的に支持されておらず、背凭れ２と座１との間には位置変換機構５０Ｃが介在されている。このように位置変換機構５０Ｃを背凭れ２と座１との間に介在させることにより、背凭れ２の回動に連動した座１の変位量を適宜設定することができる。例えば、背凭れ２の変位量に対して座１の変位量を小さくすることができるので、弾性部材２３を上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに大きく弾性変形させることができる。
　また、背凭れ２の回動に連動した座１の変位量を適宜設定することができるので、背凭れ２を前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤに大きく移動させても、背凭れ２の移動量よりも座１の移動量が小さくなるように調整することができる。さらに、弾性部材２３の弾性変形量を十分に確保することができ、十分な復元力が得ることができる。また、前方向ＦＤに向けて弾性部材２３を大きく延ばす必要がなく、支持構造体３の前方に向けて弾性部材２３を延ばす必要がないという効果も得られる。 According to the chair 100 of this embodiment, the backrest 2 is not directly supported by the seat 1, but a position conversion mechanism 50C is interposed between the backrest 2 and the seat 1. By interposing the position conversion mechanism 50C between the backrest 2 and the seat 1 in this manner, it is possible to appropriately set the amount of displacement of the seat 1 linked to the rotation of the backrest 2. For example, since the amount of displacement of the seat 1 can be made smaller relative to the amount of displacement of the backrest 2, the elastic member 23 can be largely elastically deformed in the vertical directions UD and DD.
In addition, since the displacement amount of the seat 1 linked to the rotation of the backrest 2 can be appropriately set, even if the backrest 2 is moved significantly in the front-rear directions FD and BD, the movement amount of the seat 1 can be adjusted to be smaller than the movement amount of the backrest 2. Furthermore, the elastic deformation amount of the elastic member 23 can be sufficiently secured, and sufficient restoring force can be obtained. Another effect is that it is not necessary to extend the elastic member 23 significantly in the forward direction FD, and it is not necessary to extend the elastic member 23 toward the front of the support structure 3.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、第１軸部７１、第２軸部７２、第３軸部７３、第４軸部７４、支持コネクタ５１、支持リンク５５、及び支基６０を有する支持構造体３によって、上述した効果を得ることができる。 The chair 100 according to this embodiment has a support structure 3 having a first axle portion 71, a second axle portion 72, a third axle portion 73, a fourth axle portion 74, a support connector 51, a support link 55, and a support base 60, which provides the above-mentioned effects.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、弾性部材２３は、縦バネ部２３Ａと横バネ部２３Ｂの間に位置する屈曲部２３Ｃを有する。上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおける縦バネ部２３Ａの位置と横バネ部２３Ｂの位置との間に差を生じさせることができる。したがって、弾性部材２３を座１と背凭れ２との双方に取り付け易くなる。 In the chair 100 according to this embodiment, the elastic member 23 has a bent portion 23C located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B. A difference can be created between the position of the vertical spring portion 23A and the position of the horizontal spring portion 23B in the up-down directions UD and DD. This makes it easier to attach the elastic member 23 to both the seat 1 and the backrest 2.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、弾性部材２３が弾性変形した際に、縦バネ部２３Ａと横バネ部２３Ｂの間に位置する屈曲部２３Ｃにおいて弾性変形が生じる。言い換えると、屈曲部２３Ｃから縦バネ部２３Ａに向かう方向と屈曲部２３Ｃから横バネ部２３Ｂに向かう方向との間の角度が変化するように、弾性部材２３が変形する。これにより、背凭れ２の変位に連動して、弾性部材２３を撓曲させ易くなる。したがって、弾性部材２３をスムーズに撓曲させ、安定的に復元力を得ることができる。 In the chair 100 according to this embodiment, when the elastic member 23 is elastically deformed, elastic deformation occurs at the bent portion 23C located between the vertical spring portion 23A and the horizontal spring portion 23B. In other words, the elastic member 23 is deformed so that the angle between the direction from the bent portion 23C toward the vertical spring portion 23A and the direction from the bent portion 23C toward the horizontal spring portion 23B changes. This makes it easier to bend the elastic member 23 in conjunction with the displacement of the backrest 2. Therefore, the elastic member 23 can be bent smoothly, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいて縦バネ部２３Ａは、横バネ部２３Ｂよりも上方である。このため、背凭れ２の後下方への変位に伴って屈曲部２３Ｃが屈曲すると、上方延在部２３Ｄの長さ分だけ、前方延在部２３Ｅよりも上方延在部２３Ｄが後方向ＢＤに変形し易くなる。したがって、弾性部材２３をスムーズに撓曲させ、安定的に復元力を得ることができる。 In the chair 100 according to this embodiment, the vertical spring portion 23A is higher than the horizontal spring portion 23B in the up-down directions UD and DD. Therefore, when the bent portion 23C is bent in conjunction with the rearward and downward displacement of the backrest 2, the upper extending portion 23D is more likely to deform in the rearward direction BD than the forward extending portion 23E by the length of the upper extending portion 23D. Therefore, the elastic member 23 can be bent smoothly, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、上方領域部２３Ｆ及び前方領域部２３Ｇの少なくとも一方が直線状に形成されているので、直線状に形成された領域部について、領域部の長さ分だけ変形し易くなる。したがって、弾性部材２３をスムーズに撓曲させ、安定的に復元力を得ることができる。 In the chair 100 according to this embodiment, at least one of the upper region 23F and the front region 23G is formed in a straight line, so that the linearly formed region is easily deformed by the length of the region. Therefore, the elastic member 23 can be smoothly bent, and a stable restoring force can be obtained.
　本実施形態に係る椅子１００によれば、弾性部材２３が座受部材４０に連結された構造が得られる。座受部材４０は、支持構造体３を介して背凭れ２に連結されている。椅子１００を構成する部品をアセンブリする作業において、弾性部材２３及び座受部材４０を先に相互に連結し、その後、座受部材４０を座本体４に収容するという作業を行うことができる。これにより、アセンブリ作業を簡易に行うことができる。 The chair 100 according to this embodiment has a structure in which the elastic member 23 is connected to the seat support member 40. The seat support member 40 is connected to the backrest 2 via the support structure 3. When assembling the parts that make up the chair 100, the elastic member 23 and the seat support member 40 can first be connected to each other, and then the seat support member 40 can be housed in the seat body 4. This simplifies the assembly process.
＜操作機構５を用いた座１の高さを調整する方法＞
　次に、操作機構５を用いて座１の高さを調整する方法を説明する。
　座１の高さを調整する方法は、以下のステップで行われる。
［１］ステップ１：着座者によるレバー１０Ｄの回動により、ガススプリング３２のロック状態を解除
［２］ステップ２：下方向ＤＤにおける座の下降又は上方向ＵＤにおける座の上昇
［３］ステップ３：下方向ＤＤにおける座の下降又は上方向ＵＤにおける座の上昇
　次に、上記ステップ１～３を順に説明する。 <Method for adjusting the height of the seat 1 using the operating mechanism 5>
Next, a method for adjusting the height of the seat 1 using the operating mechanism 5 will be described.
The method for adjusting the height of the seat 1 is carried out in the following steps.
[1] Step 1: The locked state of the gas spring 32 is released by the rotation of the lever 10D by the seat occupant. [2] Step 2: The seat is lowered in the downward direction DD or raised in the upward direction UD. [3] Step 3: The seat is lowered in the downward direction DD or raised in the upward direction UD. Next, steps 1 to 3 above will be explained in order.
＜ステップ１＞
　まず、椅子１００の初期状態においては、座１の位置が固定されている。具体的には、椅子１００を構成するガススプリング３２においては、ロック解除突起部３２Ｄが押圧されていない。このため、ロック機構３２Ｃは、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおけるピストン３２Ｂの位置を固定しており、すなわち、座１の位置が固定されている。この状態で、ステップ１が行われる。 <Step 1>
First, in the initial state of the chair 100, the position of the seat 1 is fixed. Specifically, in the gas spring 32 constituting the chair 100, the unlocking protrusion 32D is not pressed. Therefore, the locking mechanism 32C fixes the position of the piston 32B in the up-down directions UD and DD, that is, the position of the seat 1 is fixed. In this state, step 1 is performed.
　着座者は、椅子１００に着座した状態で、手指で、図３に示すレバー１０Ｄを回動操作方向８５に向けて移動する。これにより、レバー支持軸１０Ａの周りにレバー１０Ｄが回動し、レバープレート１０Ｂのワイヤ支持部１０Ｃは、回動操作方向８５に回動する。この時、梃の原理に基づいたモーメントが生じ、着座者がレバー１０Ｄに付与した力よりも大きな力がワイヤ支持部１０Ｃに働く。この力は、ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃに接続された第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆと、第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆに接続されたインナーワイヤ１１Ｂに作用し、引張方向８６に向けて、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂが移動する。 The occupant, while seated in the chair 100, moves the lever 10D shown in FIG. 3 with his or her fingers in the rotation operation direction 85. This causes the lever 10D to rotate around the lever support shaft 10A, and the wire support part 10C of the lever plate 10B to rotate in the rotation operation direction 85. At this time, a moment based on the principle of leverage is generated, and a force greater than the force applied to the lever 10D by the occupant acts on the wire support part 10C. This force acts on the first wire engagement end 11F connected to the wire support part 10C and the inner wire 11B connected to the first wire engagement end 11F, and the inner wire 11B moves in the pulling direction 86.
　図４に示すように、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂの移動に伴って、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂに接続された第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓが引張方向８６に向けて移動する。さらに、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓに係合している押圧係合部１２Ｃが引張方向８６に向けて移動する。これにより、押圧支持軸１２Ｂの周りにおいて、押圧力発生部１２Ｇは回動押圧方向８７に回動する。この時、梃の原理に基づいたモーメントが生じ、引張方向８６に向けてインナーワイヤ１１Ｂに付与された引張力よりも大きな力が押圧力発生部１２Ｇに働く。この力は、ガススプリング３２のロック解除突起部３２Ｄを下方向ＤＤに向けて押圧する。これにより、ガススプリング３２のロック状態が解除される。 As shown in FIG. 4, as the inner wire 11B moves, the second wire engagement end 11S connected to the inner wire 11B moves in the pulling direction 86. Furthermore, the pressure engagement portion 12C engaged with the second wire engagement end 11S moves in the pulling direction 86. As a result, the pressure generating portion 12G rotates in the rotational pressure direction 87 around the pressure support shaft 12B. At this time, a moment based on the principle of the lever is generated, and a force greater than the tensile force applied to the inner wire 11B in the pulling direction 86 acts on the pressure generating portion 12G. This force presses the unlocking protrusion 32D of the gas spring 32 in the downward direction DD. As a result, the locked state of the gas spring 32 is released.
＜ステップ２＞
　ロック解除突起部３２Ｄが押圧されると、ロック機構３２Ｃの位置の固定状態が解除される。ロック機構３２Ｃの位置の固定状態が解除された状態では、ガススプリング３２のシリンダ３２Ａに充填されている圧縮ガスの作用により、上方向ＵＤにピストン３２Ｂを移動させる上昇力が発生する。この状態において、着座者は、座１の高さ調整を行う。 <Step 2>
When the unlocking protrusion 32D is pressed, the fixed state of the locking mechanism 32C is released. When the fixed state of the locking mechanism 32C is released, an upward force that moves the piston 32B in the upward direction UD is generated by the action of the compressed gas filled in the cylinder 32A of the gas spring 32. In this state, the seated person adjusts the height of the seat 1.
　下方向ＤＤにおいて座１を下降させるには、着座者は、体重等を利用して、座１を下方向ＤＤに向けて押し下げる。具体的には、ガススプリング３２の上昇力よりも押し下げ力が大きくすることで、容易に、座１を下降させることができる。
　上方向ＵＤにおいて座１を上昇させるには、着座者は、座１に力を与えず、ガススプリング３２の上昇力を利用することで、容易に、座１を下降させることができる。 To lower the seat 1 in the downward direction DD, the seat occupant uses his/her body weight or the like to press the seat 1 downward in the downward direction DD. Specifically, by making the pressing force of the gas spring 32 larger than the lifting force of the gas spring 32, the seat 1 can be easily lowered.
To raise the seat 1 in the upward direction UD, the seat occupant can easily lower the seat 1 by using the upward force of the gas spring 32 without exerting any force on the seat 1.
＜ステップ３＞
　作業者は、回動操作方向８５におけるレバー１０Ｄの回動を解除する。これにより、ロック解除突起部３２Ｄの押圧状態が解除される。ロック機構３２Ｃは、ガススプリング３２におけるピストン３２Ｂを固定する。これにより、座１の位置が固定される。 <Step 3>
The operator releases the rotation of the lever 10D in the rotation direction 85. This releases the pressure on the unlocking protrusion 32D. The locking mechanism 32C fixes the piston 32B of the gas spring 32. This fixes the position of the seat 1.
＜操作機構５によって得られる効果＞
　上述した操作機構５を備える椅子１００においては、ワイヤ構造体１１を用いてガススプリング３２の操作を行うことができる。つまり、従来のようなロッドを用いた操作が不要となる。特に、可撓性を有するワイヤ構造体１１を用いるため、座板下面４Ｌに配置される部材のレイアウトにおいて椅子１００を構成する必須部材があったとしても、この必須部材を避けるようにワイヤ構造体１１の配置を自由に設定することができる。つまり、座板下面４Ｌにおけるレイアウトに関し、レバー１０Ｄの配置の自由度が高まる。 <Effects Obtained by Operation Mechanism 5>
In the chair 100 equipped with the above-mentioned operating mechanism 5, the gas spring 32 can be operated using the wire structure 11. In other words, conventional operation using a rod is no longer necessary. In particular, since the flexible wire structure 11 is used, even if there is an essential component constituting the chair 100 in the layout of the components arranged on the underside 4L of the seat, the wire structure 11 can be freely arranged so as to avoid this essential component. In other words, the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the lever 10D is increased with respect to the layout on the underside 4L of the seat.
　さらに、梃の原理に基づいたモーメントを２箇所において発生させている。このため、着座者は、小さい力で、ガススプリング３２の高さ調整を容易に行うことができる。 Furthermore, a moment based on the principle of leverage is generated at two locations. This allows the seated person to easily adjust the height of the gas spring 32 with little force.
　従来では、板下面の下方に位置するロッドを引き上げることによって、ガススプリングのロック状態を解除し、座の高さを調整していた。例えば、座の位置を下げる場合には、ロッドを引き上げる方向と、座が移動する上下方向とが異なる。このため、操作性が低いという問題がある。
　これに対し、本実施形態によれば、レバー１０Ｄの回動操作方向８５は、水平方向である。つまり、座１の上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤに直交する方向にレバー１０Ｄを移動させることで、水平方向に操作したレバー１０Ｄで発生する力を、２箇所で発生するモーメントを利用し、ガススプリング３２に伝達させることができ、座１の高さを調整することができる。 Conventionally, the height of the seat was adjusted by lifting up the rod located under the bottom surface of the plate to release the locked state of the gas spring. For example, when lowering the position of the seat, the direction in which the rod is lifted is different from the vertical direction in which the seat moves. This results in a problem of low operability.
In contrast, in this embodiment, the rotation direction 85 of the lever 10D is the horizontal direction. In other words, by moving the lever 10D in a direction perpendicular to the up-down directions UD and DD of the seat 1, the force generated by the lever 10D operated in the horizontal direction can be transmitted to the gas spring 32 using moments generated at two points, thereby adjusting the height of the seat 1.
　また、ロッドを用いる従来の構造では、支持構造体３から左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにロッドが突出していた。この場合、椅子１００のデザイン性が低下するという問題がある。
　これに対し、本実施形態によれば、ロッドを用いないので、左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤから見た椅子１００のデザイン性を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, in the conventional structure using rods, the rods protrude in the left-right directions RD and LD from the support structure 3. In this case, there is a problem that the design of the chair 100 is deteriorated.
In contrast, according to this embodiment, since no rod is used, the design of the chair 100 can be improved when viewed from the left-right directions RD and LD.
　また、ロッドを用いる従来の構造では、座板下面４Ｌから離間しているロッドを操作している。このため、着座者がロッドを操作する際に、座板下面４Ｌの下方の空間に手指を伸ばし、手探りでロッドの位置を確認しなければならない。このため、操作性が低い。
　これに対し、本実施形態によれば、着座者は、レバー１０Ｄを操作する際、座板下面４Ｌの形状に手指を当てながら、レバー１０Ｄの位置を確認し、レバー１０Ｄの操作をする。言い換えると、座板下面４Ｌが手指の移動をガイドするガイド面として機能し、レバー１０Ｄの操作性が高まる。 Furthermore, in the conventional structure using a rod, the rod is operated away from the bottom surface 4L of the seat plate. Therefore, when a seated person operates the rod, he or she must reach out his or her fingers into the space below the bottom surface 4L of the seat plate and feel around to confirm the position of the rod. This results in poor operability.
In contrast, according to this embodiment, when operating lever 10D, the seat sitter confirms the position of lever 10D while placing his or her fingers on the shape of seat bottom surface 4L, and then operates lever 10D. In other words, seat bottom surface 4L functions as a guide surface that guides the movement of the fingers, improving the operability of lever 10D.
　さらに、ワイヤ構造体１１は、アウターチューブ１１Ａと、インナーワイヤ１１Ｂと、第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆと、第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓとで構成されている。このワイヤ構造体１１は、１つのユニットである。操作部カバー１３を取り外し、ワイヤ支持部１０Ｃから第１ワイヤ係合端１１Ｆを取り外し、押圧係合部１２Ｃから第２ワイヤ係合端１１Ｓを取り外すだけで、椅子１００からワイヤ構造体１１を取り外すことができる。このため、ワイヤ構造体１１の交換作業を容易に行うことができる。 Furthermore, the wire structure 11 is composed of an outer tube 11A, an inner wire 11B, a first wire engagement end 11F, and a second wire engagement end 11S. This wire structure 11 is a single unit. The wire structure 11 can be removed from the chair 100 simply by removing the operation unit cover 13, removing the first wire engagement end 11F from the wire support portion 10C, and removing the second wire engagement end 11S from the pressure engagement portion 12C. This allows the wire structure 11 to be easily replaced.
　さらに、操作機構５は、回動操作方向８５において回動可能なレバー１０Ｄを有する。したがって、レバー１０Ｄを回動させる操作機構５の大きさは、前後方向ＦＤ、ＢＤ及び左右方向ＲＤ、ＬＤにおいて広がるが、上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおいては薄くなる。つまり、板状の部材である座本体４の上下方向ＵＤ、ＤＤにおける操作機構５の大きさを大きくする必要がなく、座本体４の厚さを小さくすることができる。 Furthermore, the operating mechanism 5 has a lever 10D that can rotate in the rotation operation direction 85. Therefore, the size of the operating mechanism 5 that rotates the lever 10D is large in the front-to-back directions FD, BD and the left-to-right directions RD, LD, but is thin in the up-down directions UD, DD. In other words, there is no need to increase the size of the operating mechanism 5 in the up-down directions UD, DD of the seat body 4, which is a plate-shaped member, and the thickness of the seat body 4 can be reduced.
　本発明の好ましい実施形態を説明してきたが、これらは本発明の例示的なものであり、限定するものとして考慮されるべきではないことを理解すべきである。追加、省略、置換、及びその他の変更は、本発明の範囲から逸脱することなく行うことができる。従って、本発明は、前述の説明によって限定されていると見なされるべきではなく、請求の範囲によって制限されている。 Although preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described, it should be understood that these are illustrative of the present invention and should not be considered as limiting. Additions, omissions, substitutions, and other modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention should not be considered as limited by the foregoing description, but rather by the scope of the claims.
　なお、上述した実施形態においては、肘掛けを備えていない椅子１００について説明した。椅子１００が肘掛けを備える場合、肘掛けは、座１の下部側の両側部から上方向ＵＤに延出する。肘掛けには、着座者の肘や腕先が載せ置かれる。 In the above embodiment, the chair 100 is described as having no armrests. If the chair 100 has armrests, the armrests extend in the upward direction UD from both sides of the lower side of the seat 1. The elbows and arms of a seated person are placed on the armrests.
１・・・座
２・・・背凭れ
３・・・支持構造体
４・・・座本体
５・・・操作機構
２３・・・弾性部材
１００・・・椅子 1: Seat 2: Backrest 3: Support structure 4: Seat body 5: Operating mechanism 23: Elastic member 100: Chair

Claims (7)

  1. 　上下方向における下面を有する座と、
    　初期位置から前記座に対して傾動可能な背凭れと、
    　前記背凭れに連結された第１端部と、前記上下方向に対して交差する第１方向において前記第１端部よりも前方に位置するとともに前記座の前記下面に連結された第２端部とを有する弾性部材と、
    　前記座の前記下面及び前記背凭れを支持する支持構造体と、
    　を備え、
    　前記支持構造体は、
    　　前記第１方向に対して前記座が移動可能なように前記座を支持する座支持軸部と、
    　　前記上下方向及び前記第１方向に対して交差する第２方向に延び、前記背凭れを回動可能に支持する背支持軸部と、
    　　前記座支持軸部及び前記背支持軸部に対して回動可能に支持され、前記背凭れの回動に起因する前記背凭れの位置の変位を前記座の位置の変位に変換するように構成されている位置変換機構と、
    　を有し、
    　前記弾性部材は、前記背凭れの前記回動によって前記上下方向及び前記第１方向に弾性変形するように構成され、
    　前記弾性部材は、前記弾性変形に起因する復元力を前記座及び前記背凭れに与え、前記座及び前記背凭れを前記初期位置に戻すように構成されている、
    　椅子。     A seat having a lower surface in a vertical direction;
    A backrest that can be tilted relative to the seat from an initial position;
    an elastic member having a first end connected to the backrest and a second end located forward of the first end in a first direction intersecting the vertical direction and connected to the underside of the seat;
    A support structure supporting the underside and the backrest of the seat;
    Equipped with
    The support structure includes:
    a seat support shaft portion that supports the seat so that the seat is movable in the first direction;
    A back support shaft portion extending in a second direction intersecting the vertical direction and the first direction and supporting the backrest rotatably;
    A position conversion mechanism that is rotatably supported on the seat support shaft portion and the back support shaft portion and is configured to convert a displacement of the position of the backrest caused by the rotation of the backrest into a displacement of the position of the seat;
    having
    The elastic member is configured to be elastically deformed in the vertical direction and the first direction by the rotation of the backrest,
    The elastic member is configured to apply a restoring force resulting from the elastic deformation to the seat and the backrest, thereby returning the seat and the backrest to their initial positions.
    Chair.
  2. 　前記座支持軸部は、
    　　前記第２方向に延びるとともに前記座を回動可能に支持する第１軸部と、
    　　前記第２方向に延びるとともに前記座を回動可能に支持する第２軸部と、
    　を有し、
    　前記背支持軸部は、
    　　前記上下方向において前記第１軸部よりも下方に位置し、前記第２方向に延び、かつ、前記背凭れを回動可能に支持する第３軸部と、
    　を有し、
    　前記位置変換機構は、
    　　前記上下方向において前記第２軸部よりも下方に位置し、前記第２方向に延びる第４軸部と、
    　　前記第１軸部に回動可能に支持され、前記第３軸部に回動可能に支持され、かつ、背凭れに連結された支持コネクタと、
    　　前記第２軸部に回動可能に支持され、かつ、前記第４軸部に回動可能に支持された支持リンクと、
    　を有し、
    　前記支持構造体は、前記第３軸部及び前記第４軸部を支持する支基を有し、
    　前記支持コネクタ及び前記支持リンクは、前記弾性部材の復元力により、前記座及び前記背凭れを前記初期位置に戻すように構成されている、
    　請求項１に記載の椅子。     The seat support shaft portion is
    a first shaft portion extending in the second direction and rotatably supporting the seat;
    a second shaft portion extending in the second direction and rotatably supporting the seat;
    having
    The back support shaft portion is
    A third shaft portion is located below the first shaft portion in the vertical direction, extends in the second direction, and rotatably supports the backrest;
    having
    The position conversion mechanism includes:
    a fourth shaft portion located below the second shaft portion in the up-down direction and extending in the second direction;
    a support connector rotatably supported by the first shaft portion, rotatably supported by the third shaft portion, and connected to a backrest;
    a support link rotatably supported by the second shaft portion and rotatably supported by the fourth shaft portion;
    having
    the support structure has a base that supports the third shaft portion and the fourth shaft portion,
    The support connector and the support link are configured to return the seat and the backrest to the initial position by the restoring force of the elastic member.
    2. The chair of claim 1.
  3. 　前記弾性部材は、前記第１端部と前記第２端部の間に位置する屈曲部を有する、
    　請求項１に記載の椅子。     The elastic member has a bent portion located between the first end and the second end.
    2. The chair of claim 1.
  4. 　前記弾性部材の前記第１端部は、前記上下方向における前記弾性部材の上端に位置し、
    　前記弾性部材の前記第２端部は、前記第１方向における前記弾性部材の前端に位置し、
    　前記弾性部材は、前記第１端部と前記第２端部の間に位置する屈曲部を有する、
    　請求項１に記載の椅子。     the first end of the elastic member is located at an upper end of the elastic member in the up-down direction,
    the second end of the elastic member is located at a front end of the elastic member in the first direction,
    The elastic member has a bent portion located between the first end and the second end.
    2. The chair of claim 1.
  5. 　前記第２方向に見て、前記屈曲部は、前記第１端部に繋がる上方延在部と、前記第２端部に繋がる前方延在部とを有し、
    　前記上方延在部及び前記前方延在部は、Ｌ字形状を形成するように繋がる、
    　請求項４に記載の椅子。     When viewed in the second direction, the bent portion has an upward extending portion connected to the first end and a forward extending portion connected to the second end,
    The upward extension portion and the forward extension portion are connected to form an L-shape.
    5. The chair of claim 4.
  6. 　前記弾性部材は、
    　前記第１端部と前記上方延在部との間に位置するとともに前記上下方向に延びる上方領域部と、
    　前記第２端部と前記前方延在部との間に位置するとともに前記第１方向に延びる前方領域部と、
    　を有し、
    　前記上方領域部及び前記前方領域部の少なくとも一方は、直線状に形成されている、
    　請求項５に記載の椅子。     The elastic member is
    an upper region portion located between the first end portion and the upward extension portion and extending in the up-down direction;
    a front region portion located between the second end portion and the front extension portion and extending in the first direction;
    having
    At least one of the upper region and the front region is formed in a straight line.
    6. The chair of claim 5.
  7. 　前記座は、
    　　前記下面を有する座本体と、
    　　前記座本体とは別体である座受部材と、
    　を有し、
    　前記座受部材は、前記座本体、前記第１軸部、及び前記第２軸部を支持するとともに、前記弾性部材の前記第２端部に連結されている、
    　請求項２に記載の椅子。     The locus is
    A seat body having the lower surface;
    A seat receiving member that is separate from the seat body;
    having
    The seat support member supports the seat body, the first shaft portion, and the second shaft portion, and is connected to the second end portion of the elastic member.
    3. The chair of claim 2.
PCT/JP2022/040836 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 Chair WO2024095354A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2022/040836 WO2024095354A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 Chair

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2022/040836 WO2024095354A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 Chair

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024095354A1 true WO2024095354A1 (en) 2024-05-10

Family

ID=90930100

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/040836 WO2024095354A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2022-10-31 Chair

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024095354A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0458905A (en) * 1990-06-27 1992-02-25 Takano Co Ltd Chair with back rest
JP2003189966A (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-08 Kokuyo Co Ltd Chair
JP2007054152A (en) * 2005-08-23 2007-03-08 Itoki Corp Chair having backrest

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0458905A (en) * 1990-06-27 1992-02-25 Takano Co Ltd Chair with back rest
JP2003189966A (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-08 Kokuyo Co Ltd Chair
JP2007054152A (en) * 2005-08-23 2007-03-08 Itoki Corp Chair having backrest

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100767959B1 (en) Chair
CN101130343B (en) Movable floor apparatus for vehicle
CN110315946A (en) Its window apparatus
CN103237479A (en) Office chair mechanism provided with device for adjusting swivel force
WO2024095354A1 (en) Chair
WO2024095353A1 (en) Chair
JP2000139602A (en) Lock mechanism of rocking device
KR101594769B1 (en) Height-adjustable head restraint for a vehicle seat and vehicle seat with a height-adjustable head restraint
CN114643915A (en) Vehicle seat with backrest
KR101559181B1 (en) Seat cushion extension apparatus
JP2011522622A (en) Priority control mechanism
JP2012201140A (en) Armrest device
KR20100130002A (en) Headrest moving device
JP4773801B2 (en) Locking mechanism of the locking device
JPH0223172Y2 (en)
CN112586924A (en) Handrail assembly
CN114368328A (en) Forward tilting mechanism and headrest including forward tilting mechanism
JP2021187313A (en) Floor lock release mechanism
JP5313492B2 (en) Vertical headrest device
JP2010125061A (en) Chair
KR101109456B1 (en) Chair
KR102558131B1 (en) 3D Motion Chair
KR102585464B1 (en) 3D Motion Chair
CN118418856A (en) Chair with quickly detachable backrest
KR102668185B1 (en) Armrest and chair with the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22964376

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1